 c848fbbcfe
			
		
	
	c848fbbcfe
	
	
	
		
			
			Sun Mar 3 14:26:33 2002 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * gtk/gtkstyle.[ch] (_gtk_get_insertion_cursor_gc): Centralize lookup and caching of cursor GC's here. * gtk/gtkentry.[ch] gtk/gtktextview.[ch] gtk/gtktextdisplay.c gtk/gtklabel.c: Move to using _gtk_get_insertion_cursor_gc(). * gtk/gtkentry.c (gtk_entry_expose): Draw cursors under the text, not over the text. * gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_class_init): add a secondary-cursor-color property. * gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_class_init): Decrease the default aspect ratio to 1/25 (0.04). * tests/testgtkrc (bell_duration): Comment out cursor color setting.
		
			
				
	
	
		
			6467 lines
		
	
	
		
			190 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C
		
	
	
	
	
	
			
		
		
	
	
			6467 lines
		
	
	
		
			190 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C
		
	
	
	
	
	
| /* GTK - The GIMP Toolkit
 | |
|  * Copyright (C) 1995-1997 Peter Mattis, Spencer Kimball and Josh MacDonald
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 | |
|  * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
 | |
|  * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
 | |
|  * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 | |
|  * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 | |
|  * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.	 See the GNU
 | |
|  * Lesser General Public License for more details.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
 | |
|  * License along with this library; if not, write to the
 | |
|  * Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
 | |
|  * Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*
 | |
|  * Modified by the GTK+ Team and others 1997-2000.  See the AUTHORS
 | |
|  * file for a list of people on the GTK+ Team.  See the ChangeLog
 | |
|  * files for a list of changes.  These files are distributed with
 | |
|  * GTK+ at ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk/. 
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include <stdarg.h>
 | |
| #include <string.h>
 | |
| #include <locale.h>
 | |
| #include "gtkcontainer.h"
 | |
| #include "gtkaccelmap.h"
 | |
| #include "gtkiconfactory.h"
 | |
| #include "gtkintl.h"
 | |
| #include "gtkmain.h"
 | |
| #include "gtkmarshalers.h"
 | |
| #include "gtkrc.h"
 | |
| #include "gtkselection.h"
 | |
| #include "gtksettings.h"
 | |
| #include "gtksizegroup.h"
 | |
| #include "gtksignal.h"
 | |
| #include "gtkwidget.h"
 | |
| #include "gtkwindow.h"
 | |
| #include "gtkbindings.h"
 | |
| #include "gtkprivate.h"
 | |
| #include "gdk/gdk.h"
 | |
| #include "gdk/gdkprivate.h" /* Used in gtk_reset_shapes_recurse to avoid copy */
 | |
| #include <gobject/gvaluecollector.h>
 | |
| #include <gobject/gobjectnotifyqueue.c>
 | |
| #include "gdk/gdkkeysyms.h"
 | |
| #include "gtkintl.h"
 | |
| #include "gtkaccessible.h"
 | |
| #include "gtktooltips.h"
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define WIDGET_CLASS(w)	 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (w)
 | |
| #define	INIT_PATH_SIZE	(512)
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| enum {
 | |
|   SHOW,
 | |
|   HIDE,
 | |
|   MAP,
 | |
|   UNMAP,
 | |
|   REALIZE,
 | |
|   UNREALIZE,
 | |
|   SIZE_REQUEST,
 | |
|   SIZE_ALLOCATE,
 | |
|   STATE_CHANGED,
 | |
|   PARENT_SET,
 | |
|   HIERARCHY_CHANGED,
 | |
|   STYLE_SET,
 | |
|   DIRECTION_CHANGED,
 | |
|   GRAB_NOTIFY,
 | |
|   CHILD_NOTIFY,
 | |
|   MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE,
 | |
|   GRAB_FOCUS,
 | |
|   FOCUS,
 | |
|   EVENT,
 | |
|   EVENT_AFTER,
 | |
|   BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT,
 | |
|   BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT,
 | |
|   SCROLL_EVENT,
 | |
|   MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT,
 | |
|   DELETE_EVENT,
 | |
|   DESTROY_EVENT,
 | |
|   EXPOSE_EVENT,
 | |
|   KEY_PRESS_EVENT,
 | |
|   KEY_RELEASE_EVENT,
 | |
|   ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT,
 | |
|   LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT,
 | |
|   CONFIGURE_EVENT,
 | |
|   FOCUS_IN_EVENT,
 | |
|   FOCUS_OUT_EVENT,
 | |
|   MAP_EVENT,
 | |
|   UNMAP_EVENT,
 | |
|   PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT,
 | |
|   SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT,
 | |
|   SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT,
 | |
|   SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT,
 | |
|   SELECTION_GET,
 | |
|   SELECTION_RECEIVED,
 | |
|   PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT,
 | |
|   PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT,
 | |
|   DRAG_BEGIN,
 | |
|   DRAG_END,
 | |
|   DRAG_DATA_DELETE,
 | |
|   DRAG_LEAVE,
 | |
|   DRAG_MOTION,
 | |
|   DRAG_DROP,
 | |
|   DRAG_DATA_GET,
 | |
|   DRAG_DATA_RECEIVED,
 | |
|   CLIENT_EVENT,
 | |
|   NO_EXPOSE_EVENT,
 | |
|   VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT,
 | |
|   WINDOW_STATE_EVENT,
 | |
|   POPUP_MENU,
 | |
|   SHOW_HELP,
 | |
|   ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED,
 | |
|   LAST_SIGNAL
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| enum {
 | |
|   PROP_0,
 | |
|   PROP_NAME,
 | |
|   PROP_PARENT,
 | |
|   PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST,
 | |
|   PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST,
 | |
|   PROP_VISIBLE,
 | |
|   PROP_SENSITIVE,
 | |
|   PROP_APP_PAINTABLE,
 | |
|   PROP_CAN_FOCUS,
 | |
|   PROP_HAS_FOCUS,
 | |
|   PROP_CAN_DEFAULT,
 | |
|   PROP_HAS_DEFAULT,
 | |
|   PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT,
 | |
|   PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD,
 | |
|   PROP_STYLE,
 | |
|   PROP_EVENTS,
 | |
|   PROP_EXTENSION_EVENTS
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| typedef	struct	_GtkStateData	 GtkStateData;
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct _GtkStateData
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GtkStateType  state;
 | |
|   guint		state_restoration : 1;
 | |
|   guint         parent_sensitive : 1;
 | |
|   guint		use_forall : 1;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* --- prototypes --- */
 | |
| static void	gtk_widget_class_init		 (GtkWidgetClass    *klass);
 | |
| static void	gtk_widget_init			 (GtkWidget	    *widget);
 | |
| static void	gtk_widget_set_property		 (GObject           *object,
 | |
| 						  guint              prop_id,
 | |
| 						  const GValue      *value,
 | |
| 						  GParamSpec        *pspec);
 | |
| static void	gtk_widget_get_property		 (GObject           *object,
 | |
| 						  guint              prop_id,
 | |
| 						  GValue            *value,
 | |
| 						  GParamSpec        *pspec);
 | |
| static void	gtk_widget_dispose		 (GObject	    *object);
 | |
| static void	gtk_widget_real_destroy		 (GtkObject	    *object);
 | |
| static void	gtk_widget_finalize		 (GObject	    *object);
 | |
| static void	gtk_widget_real_show		 (GtkWidget	    *widget);
 | |
| static void	gtk_widget_real_hide		 (GtkWidget	    *widget);
 | |
| static void	gtk_widget_real_map		 (GtkWidget	    *widget);
 | |
| static void	gtk_widget_real_unmap		 (GtkWidget	    *widget);
 | |
| static void	gtk_widget_real_realize		 (GtkWidget	    *widget);
 | |
| static void	gtk_widget_real_unrealize	 (GtkWidget	    *widget);
 | |
| static void	gtk_widget_real_size_request	 (GtkWidget	    *widget,
 | |
| 						  GtkRequisition    *requisition);
 | |
| static void	gtk_widget_real_size_allocate	 (GtkWidget	    *widget,
 | |
| 						  GtkAllocation	    *allocation);
 | |
| static void	gtk_widget_style_set		 (GtkWidget	    *widget,
 | |
| 						  GtkStyle          *previous_style);
 | |
| static void	gtk_widget_direction_changed	 (GtkWidget	    *widget,
 | |
| 						  GtkTextDirection   previous_direction);
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void	gtk_widget_real_grab_focus	 (GtkWidget         *focus_widget);
 | |
| static gboolean gtk_widget_real_show_help        (GtkWidget         *widget,
 | |
|                                                   GtkWidgetHelpType  help_type);
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void	gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed	(GtkWidget        *object,
 | |
| 								 guint             n_pspecs,
 | |
| 								 GParamSpec      **pspecs);
 | |
| static gboolean		gtk_widget_real_key_press_event   	(GtkWidget        *widget,
 | |
| 								 GdkEventKey      *event);
 | |
| static gboolean		gtk_widget_real_key_release_event 	(GtkWidget        *widget,
 | |
| 								 GdkEventKey      *event);
 | |
| static gboolean		gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event   	 (GtkWidget       *widget,
 | |
| 								  GdkEventFocus   *event);
 | |
| static gboolean		gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event   	(GtkWidget        *widget,
 | |
| 								 GdkEventFocus    *event);
 | |
| static gboolean		gtk_widget_real_focus			(GtkWidget        *widget,
 | |
| 								 GtkDirectionType  direction);
 | |
| static PangoContext*	gtk_widget_peek_pango_context		(GtkWidget	  *widget);
 | |
| static void		gtk_widget_propagate_state		(GtkWidget	  *widget,
 | |
| 								 GtkStateData 	  *data);
 | |
| static void             gtk_widget_reset_rc_style               (GtkWidget        *widget);
 | |
| static void		gtk_widget_set_style_internal		(GtkWidget	  *widget,
 | |
| 								 GtkStyle	  *style,
 | |
| 								 gboolean	   initial_emission);
 | |
| static gint		gtk_widget_event_internal		(GtkWidget	  *widget,
 | |
| 								 GdkEvent	  *event);
 | |
| static gboolean		gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate	(GtkWidget	  *widget,
 | |
| 								 gboolean	   group_cycling);
 | |
| static void		gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy		(GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info);
 | |
| static AtkObject*	gtk_widget_real_get_accessible		(GtkWidget	  *widget);
 | |
| static void		gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init	(AtkImplementorIface *iface);
 | |
| static AtkObject*	gtk_widget_ref_accessible		(AtkImplementor *implementor);
 | |
| static void             gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows    (GtkWidget        *widget,
 | |
| 								 GdkRegion        *region);
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* --- variables --- */
 | |
| static gpointer         parent_class = NULL;
 | |
| static guint            widget_signals[LAST_SIGNAL] = { 0 };
 | |
| static GMemChunk       *aux_info_mem_chunk = NULL;
 | |
| static GdkColormap     *default_colormap = NULL;
 | |
| static GtkStyle        *gtk_default_style = NULL;
 | |
| static GSList          *colormap_stack = NULL;
 | |
| static guint            composite_child_stack = 0;
 | |
| static GtkTextDirection gtk_default_direction = GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR;
 | |
| static GParamSpecPool  *style_property_spec_pool = NULL;
 | |
| 
 | |
| static GQuark		quark_property_parser = 0;
 | |
| static GQuark		quark_aux_info = 0;
 | |
| static GQuark		quark_accel_path = 0;
 | |
| static GQuark		quark_accel_closures = 0;
 | |
| static GQuark		quark_event_mask = 0;
 | |
| static GQuark		quark_extension_event_mode = 0;
 | |
| static GQuark		quark_parent_window = 0;
 | |
| static GQuark		quark_shape_info = 0;
 | |
| static GQuark		quark_colormap = 0;
 | |
| static GQuark		quark_pango_context = 0;
 | |
| static GQuark		quark_rc_style = 0;
 | |
| static GQuark		quark_accessible_object = 0;
 | |
| GParamSpecPool         *_gtk_widget_child_property_pool = NULL;
 | |
| GObjectNotifyContext   *_gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context = NULL;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* --- functions --- */
 | |
| GtkType
 | |
| gtk_widget_get_type (void)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   static GtkType widget_type = 0;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (!widget_type)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       static const GtkTypeInfo widget_info =
 | |
|       {
 | |
| 	"GtkWidget",
 | |
| 	sizeof (GtkWidget),
 | |
| 	sizeof (GtkWidgetClass),
 | |
| 	(GtkClassInitFunc) gtk_widget_class_init,
 | |
| 	(GtkObjectInitFunc) gtk_widget_init,
 | |
|         /* reserved_1 */ NULL,
 | |
| 	/* reserved_2 */ NULL,
 | |
| 	(GtkClassInitFunc) NULL,
 | |
|       };
 | |
|       
 | |
|       static const GInterfaceInfo accessibility_info =
 | |
|       {
 | |
|         (GInterfaceInitFunc) gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init,
 | |
|         (GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
 | |
|         NULL /* interface data */
 | |
|       };
 | |
| 
 | |
|  
 | |
|       widget_type = gtk_type_unique (GTK_TYPE_OBJECT, &widget_info);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, ATK_TYPE_IMPLEMENTOR,
 | |
|                                    &accessibility_info) ;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   
 | |
|   return widget_type;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| child_property_notify_dispatcher (GObject     *object,
 | |
| 				  guint        n_pspecs,
 | |
| 				  GParamSpec **pspecs)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (object)->dispatch_child_properties_changed (GTK_WIDGET (object), n_pspecs, pspecs);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   static GObjectNotifyContext cpn_context = { 0, NULL, NULL };
 | |
|   GObjectClass *gobject_class = G_OBJECT_CLASS (klass);
 | |
|   GtkObjectClass *object_class = GTK_OBJECT_CLASS (klass);
 | |
|   GtkBindingSet *binding_set;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   parent_class = g_type_class_peek_parent (klass);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   quark_property_parser = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-rc-property-parser");
 | |
|   quark_aux_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-aux-info");
 | |
|   quark_accel_path = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accel-path");
 | |
|   quark_accel_closures = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accel-closures");
 | |
|   quark_event_mask = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-event-mask");
 | |
|   quark_extension_event_mode = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-extension-event-mode");
 | |
|   quark_parent_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-parent-window");
 | |
|   quark_shape_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-shape-info");
 | |
|   quark_colormap = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-colormap");
 | |
|   quark_pango_context = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-pango-context");
 | |
|   quark_rc_style = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-rc-style");
 | |
|   quark_accessible_object = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accessible-object");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   style_property_spec_pool = g_param_spec_pool_new (FALSE);
 | |
|   _gtk_widget_child_property_pool = g_param_spec_pool_new (TRUE);
 | |
|   cpn_context.quark_notify_queue = g_quark_from_static_string ("GtkWidget-child-property-notify-queue");
 | |
|   cpn_context.dispatcher = child_property_notify_dispatcher;
 | |
|   _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context = &cpn_context;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   gobject_class->dispose = gtk_widget_dispose;
 | |
|   gobject_class->finalize = gtk_widget_finalize;
 | |
|   gobject_class->set_property = gtk_widget_set_property;
 | |
|   gobject_class->get_property = gtk_widget_get_property;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   object_class->destroy = gtk_widget_real_destroy;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   klass->activate_signal = 0;
 | |
|   klass->set_scroll_adjustments_signal = 0;
 | |
|   klass->dispatch_child_properties_changed = gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed;
 | |
|   klass->show = gtk_widget_real_show;
 | |
|   klass->show_all = gtk_widget_show;
 | |
|   klass->hide = gtk_widget_real_hide;
 | |
|   klass->hide_all = gtk_widget_hide;
 | |
|   klass->map = gtk_widget_real_map;
 | |
|   klass->unmap = gtk_widget_real_unmap;
 | |
|   klass->realize = gtk_widget_real_realize;
 | |
|   klass->unrealize = gtk_widget_real_unrealize;
 | |
|   klass->size_request = gtk_widget_real_size_request;
 | |
|   klass->size_allocate = gtk_widget_real_size_allocate;
 | |
|   klass->state_changed = NULL;
 | |
|   klass->parent_set = NULL;
 | |
|   klass->hierarchy_changed = NULL;
 | |
|   klass->style_set = gtk_widget_style_set;
 | |
|   klass->direction_changed = gtk_widget_direction_changed;
 | |
|   klass->grab_notify = NULL;
 | |
|   klass->child_notify = NULL;
 | |
|   klass->mnemonic_activate = gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate;
 | |
|   klass->grab_focus = gtk_widget_real_grab_focus;
 | |
|   klass->focus = gtk_widget_real_focus;
 | |
|   klass->event = NULL;
 | |
|   klass->button_press_event = NULL;
 | |
|   klass->button_release_event = NULL;
 | |
|   klass->motion_notify_event = NULL;
 | |
|   klass->delete_event = NULL;
 | |
|   klass->destroy_event = NULL;
 | |
|   klass->expose_event = NULL;
 | |
|   klass->key_press_event = gtk_widget_real_key_press_event;
 | |
|   klass->key_release_event = gtk_widget_real_key_release_event;
 | |
|   klass->enter_notify_event = NULL;
 | |
|   klass->leave_notify_event = NULL;
 | |
|   klass->configure_event = NULL;
 | |
|   klass->focus_in_event = gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event;
 | |
|   klass->focus_out_event = gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event;
 | |
|   klass->map_event = NULL;
 | |
|   klass->unmap_event = NULL;
 | |
|   klass->window_state_event = NULL;
 | |
|   klass->property_notify_event = gtk_selection_property_notify;
 | |
|   klass->selection_clear_event = gtk_selection_clear;
 | |
|   klass->selection_request_event = gtk_selection_request;
 | |
|   klass->selection_notify_event = gtk_selection_notify;
 | |
|   klass->selection_received = NULL;
 | |
|   klass->proximity_in_event = NULL;
 | |
|   klass->proximity_out_event = NULL;
 | |
|   klass->drag_begin = NULL;
 | |
|   klass->drag_end = NULL;
 | |
|   klass->drag_data_delete = NULL;
 | |
|   klass->drag_leave = NULL;
 | |
|   klass->drag_motion = NULL;
 | |
|   klass->drag_drop = NULL;
 | |
|   klass->drag_data_received = NULL;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   klass->show_help = gtk_widget_real_show_help;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   /* Accessibility support */
 | |
|   klass->get_accessible = gtk_widget_real_get_accessible;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   klass->no_expose_event = NULL;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
 | |
| 				   PROP_NAME,
 | |
| 				   g_param_spec_string ("name",
 | |
|  							_("Widget name"),
 | |
| 							_("The name of the widget"),
 | |
| 							NULL,
 | |
| 							G_PARAM_READWRITE));
 | |
|   g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
 | |
| 				   PROP_PARENT,
 | |
| 				   g_param_spec_object ("parent",
 | |
| 							_("Parent widget"),
 | |
| 							_("The parent widget of this widget. Must be a Container widget."),
 | |
| 							GTK_TYPE_CONTAINER,
 | |
| 							G_PARAM_READWRITE));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
 | |
| 				   PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST,
 | |
| 				   g_param_spec_int ("width_request",
 | |
|  						     _("Width request"),
 | |
|  						     _("Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be used."),
 | |
|  						     -1,
 | |
|  						     G_MAXINT,
 | |
|  						     -1,
 | |
|  						     G_PARAM_READWRITE));
 | |
|   g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
 | |
| 				   PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST,
 | |
| 				   g_param_spec_int ("height_request",
 | |
|  						     _("Height request"),
 | |
|  						     _("Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be used."),
 | |
|  						     -1,
 | |
|  						     G_MAXINT,
 | |
|  						     -1,
 | |
|  						     G_PARAM_READWRITE));
 | |
|   g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
 | |
| 				   PROP_VISIBLE,
 | |
| 				   g_param_spec_boolean ("visible",
 | |
|  							 _("Visible"),
 | |
|  							 _("Whether the widget is visible"),
 | |
|  							 FALSE,
 | |
|  							 G_PARAM_READWRITE));
 | |
|   g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
 | |
| 				   PROP_SENSITIVE,
 | |
| 				   g_param_spec_boolean ("sensitive",
 | |
|  							 _("Sensitive"),
 | |
|  							 _("Whether the widget responds to input"),
 | |
|  							 TRUE,
 | |
|  							 G_PARAM_READWRITE));
 | |
|   g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
 | |
| 				   PROP_APP_PAINTABLE,
 | |
| 				   g_param_spec_boolean ("app_paintable",
 | |
|  							 _("Application paintable"),
 | |
|  							 _("Whether the application will paint directly on the widget"),
 | |
|  							 FALSE,
 | |
|  							 G_PARAM_READWRITE));
 | |
|   g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
 | |
| 				   PROP_CAN_FOCUS,
 | |
| 				   g_param_spec_boolean ("can_focus",
 | |
|  							 _("Can focus"),
 | |
|  							 _("Whether the widget can accept the input focus"),
 | |
|  							 FALSE,
 | |
|  							 G_PARAM_READWRITE));
 | |
|   g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
 | |
| 				   PROP_HAS_FOCUS,
 | |
| 				   g_param_spec_boolean ("has_focus",
 | |
|  							 _("Has focus"),
 | |
|  							 _("Whether the widget has the input focus"),
 | |
|  							 FALSE,
 | |
|  							 G_PARAM_READWRITE));
 | |
|   g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
 | |
| 				   PROP_CAN_DEFAULT,
 | |
| 				   g_param_spec_boolean ("can_default",
 | |
|  							 _("Can default"),
 | |
|  							 _("Whether the widget can be the default widget"),
 | |
|  							 FALSE,
 | |
|  							 G_PARAM_READWRITE));
 | |
|   g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
 | |
| 				   PROP_HAS_DEFAULT,
 | |
| 				   g_param_spec_boolean ("has_default",
 | |
|  							 _("Has default"),
 | |
|  							 _("Whether the widget is the default widget"),
 | |
|  							 FALSE,
 | |
|  							 G_PARAM_READWRITE));
 | |
|   g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
 | |
| 				   PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT,
 | |
| 				   g_param_spec_boolean ("receives_default",
 | |
|  							 _("Receives default"),
 | |
|  							 _("If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused."),
 | |
|  							 FALSE,
 | |
|  							 G_PARAM_READWRITE));
 | |
|   g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
 | |
| 				   PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD,
 | |
| 				   g_param_spec_boolean ("composite_child",
 | |
|  							 _("Composite child"),
 | |
|  							 _("Whether the widget is composed of other widgets"),
 | |
|  							 FALSE,
 | |
|  							 G_PARAM_READABLE));
 | |
|   g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
 | |
| 				   PROP_STYLE,
 | |
| 				   g_param_spec_object ("style",
 | |
|  							_("Style"),
 | |
|  							_("The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look (colors etc)."),
 | |
|  							GTK_TYPE_STYLE,
 | |
|  							G_PARAM_READWRITE));
 | |
|   g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
 | |
| 				   PROP_EVENTS,
 | |
| 				   g_param_spec_flags ("events",
 | |
|  						       _("Events"),
 | |
|  						       _("The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets."),
 | |
|  						       GDK_TYPE_EVENT_MASK,
 | |
|  						       GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK,
 | |
|  						       G_PARAM_READWRITE));
 | |
|   g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
 | |
| 				   PROP_EXTENSION_EVENTS,
 | |
| 				   g_param_spec_enum ("extension_events",
 | |
|  						      _("Extension events"),
 | |
|  						      _("The mask that decides what kind of extension events this widget gets."),
 | |
|  						      GDK_TYPE_EXTENSION_MODE,
 | |
|  						      GDK_EXTENSION_EVENTS_NONE,
 | |
|  						      G_PARAM_READWRITE));
 | |
|   widget_signals[SHOW] =
 | |
|     gtk_signal_new ("show",
 | |
| 		    GTK_RUN_FIRST,
 | |
| 		    GTK_CLASS_TYPE (object_class),
 | |
| 		    GTK_SIGNAL_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, show),
 | |
| 		    _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
 | |
| 		    GTK_TYPE_NONE, 0);
 | |
|   widget_signals[HIDE] =
 | |
|     gtk_signal_new ("hide",
 | |
| 		    GTK_RUN_FIRST,
 | |
| 		    GTK_CLASS_TYPE (object_class),
 | |
| 		    GTK_SIGNAL_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, hide),
 | |
| 		    _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
 | |
| 		    GTK_TYPE_NONE, 0);
 | |
|   widget_signals[MAP] =
 | |
|     gtk_signal_new ("map",
 | |
| 		    GTK_RUN_FIRST,
 | |
| 		    GTK_CLASS_TYPE (object_class),
 | |
| 		    GTK_SIGNAL_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, map),
 | |
| 		    _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
 | |
| 		    GTK_TYPE_NONE, 0);
 | |
|   widget_signals[UNMAP] =
 | |
|     gtk_signal_new ("unmap",
 | |
| 		    GTK_RUN_FIRST,
 | |
| 		    GTK_CLASS_TYPE (object_class),
 | |
| 		    GTK_SIGNAL_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unmap),
 | |
| 		    _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
 | |
| 		    GTK_TYPE_NONE, 0);
 | |
|   widget_signals[REALIZE] =
 | |
|     gtk_signal_new ("realize",
 | |
| 		    GTK_RUN_FIRST,
 | |
| 		    GTK_CLASS_TYPE (object_class),
 | |
| 		    GTK_SIGNAL_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, realize),
 | |
| 		    _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
 | |
| 		    GTK_TYPE_NONE, 0);
 | |
|   widget_signals[UNREALIZE] =
 | |
|     gtk_signal_new ("unrealize",
 | |
| 		    GTK_RUN_LAST,
 | |
| 		    GTK_CLASS_TYPE (object_class),
 | |
| 		    GTK_SIGNAL_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unrealize),
 | |
| 		    _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
 | |
| 		    GTK_TYPE_NONE, 0);
 | |
|   widget_signals[SIZE_REQUEST] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("size_request",
 | |
| 		   G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (object_class),
 | |
| 		   G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
 | |
| 		   G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, size_request),
 | |
| 		   NULL, NULL,
 | |
| 		   _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED,
 | |
| 		   GTK_TYPE_NONE, 1,
 | |
| 		   GTK_TYPE_REQUISITION | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | |
|   widget_signals[SIZE_ALLOCATE] = 
 | |
|     gtk_signal_new ("size_allocate",
 | |
| 		    GTK_RUN_FIRST,
 | |
| 		    GTK_CLASS_TYPE (object_class),
 | |
| 		    GTK_SIGNAL_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, size_allocate),
 | |
| 		    _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED,
 | |
| 		    GTK_TYPE_NONE, 1,
 | |
| 		    GDK_TYPE_RECTANGLE | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | |
|   widget_signals[STATE_CHANGED] =
 | |
|     gtk_signal_new ("state_changed",
 | |
| 		    GTK_RUN_FIRST,
 | |
| 		    GTK_CLASS_TYPE (object_class),
 | |
| 		    GTK_SIGNAL_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, state_changed),
 | |
| 		    _gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
 | |
| 		    GTK_TYPE_NONE, 1,
 | |
| 		    GTK_TYPE_STATE_TYPE);
 | |
|   widget_signals[PARENT_SET] =
 | |
|     gtk_signal_new ("parent_set",
 | |
| 		    GTK_RUN_FIRST,
 | |
| 		    GTK_CLASS_TYPE (object_class),
 | |
| 		    GTK_SIGNAL_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, parent_set),
 | |
| 		    _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
 | |
| 		    GTK_TYPE_NONE, 1,
 | |
| 		    GTK_TYPE_WIDGET);
 | |
|   widget_signals[HIERARCHY_CHANGED] =
 | |
|     gtk_signal_new ("hierarchy_changed",
 | |
| 		    GTK_RUN_LAST,
 | |
| 		    GTK_CLASS_TYPE (object_class),
 | |
| 		    GTK_SIGNAL_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, hierarchy_changed),
 | |
| 		    _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
 | |
| 		    GTK_TYPE_NONE, 1,
 | |
| 		    GTK_TYPE_WIDGET);
 | |
|   widget_signals[STYLE_SET] =
 | |
|     gtk_signal_new ("style_set",
 | |
| 		    GTK_RUN_FIRST,
 | |
| 		    GTK_CLASS_TYPE (object_class),
 | |
| 		    GTK_SIGNAL_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, style_set),
 | |
| 		    _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
 | |
| 		    GTK_TYPE_NONE, 1,
 | |
| 		    GTK_TYPE_STYLE);
 | |
|   widget_signals[DIRECTION_CHANGED] =
 | |
|     gtk_signal_new ("direction_changed",
 | |
| 		    GTK_RUN_FIRST,
 | |
| 		    GTK_CLASS_TYPE (object_class),
 | |
| 		    GTK_SIGNAL_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, direction_changed),
 | |
| 		    _gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
 | |
| 		    GTK_TYPE_NONE, 1,
 | |
| 		    GTK_TYPE_TEXT_DIRECTION);
 | |
|   widget_signals[GRAB_NOTIFY] =
 | |
|     gtk_signal_new ("grab_notify",
 | |
| 		    GTK_RUN_FIRST,
 | |
| 		    GTK_CLASS_TYPE (object_class),
 | |
|                     GTK_SIGNAL_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_notify),
 | |
| 		    _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOOLEAN,
 | |
| 		    GTK_TYPE_NONE, 1,
 | |
| 		    GTK_TYPE_BOOL);
 | |
|   widget_signals[CHILD_NOTIFY] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("child_notify",
 | |
| 		   G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
 | |
| 		   G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST | G_SIGNAL_NO_RECURSE | G_SIGNAL_DETAILED | G_SIGNAL_NO_HOOKS,
 | |
| 		   G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, child_notify),
 | |
| 		   NULL, NULL,
 | |
| 		   g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__PARAM,
 | |
| 		   G_TYPE_NONE,
 | |
| 		   1, G_TYPE_PARAM);
 | |
|   widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("mnemonic_activate",
 | |
|                   GTK_CLASS_TYPE (object_class),
 | |
|                   GTK_RUN_LAST,
 | |
|                   GTK_SIGNAL_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, mnemonic_activate),
 | |
|                   _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | |
|                   _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOOLEAN,
 | |
|                   GTK_TYPE_BOOL, 1,
 | |
|                   GTK_TYPE_BOOL);
 | |
|   widget_signals[GRAB_FOCUS] =
 | |
|     gtk_signal_new ("grab_focus",
 | |
| 		    GTK_RUN_LAST | GTK_RUN_ACTION,
 | |
| 		    GTK_CLASS_TYPE (object_class),
 | |
| 		    GTK_SIGNAL_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_focus),
 | |
| 		    _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
 | |
| 		    GTK_TYPE_NONE, 0);
 | |
|   widget_signals[FOCUS] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("focus",
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (object_class),
 | |
|                   G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | |
|                   G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus),
 | |
|                   _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | |
|                   _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | |
|                   GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
 | |
|   widget_signals[EVENT] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("event",
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (object_class),
 | |
|                   G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | |
|                   G_STRUCT_OFFSET(GtkWidgetClass, event),
 | |
|                   _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | |
|                   _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | |
|                   GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | |
|   widget_signals[EVENT_AFTER] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("event-after",
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (object_class),
 | |
|                   0,
 | |
|                   0,
 | |
|                   NULL, NULL,
 | |
|                   _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED,
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_NONE, 1, GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | |
|   widget_signals[BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("button_press_event",
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (object_class),
 | |
|                   G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | |
|                   G_STRUCT_OFFSET(GtkWidgetClass, button_press_event),
 | |
|                   _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | |
|                   _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | |
|                   GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | |
|   widget_signals[BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("button_release_event",
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS(object_class),
 | |
|                   G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | |
|                   G_STRUCT_OFFSET(GtkWidgetClass, button_release_event),
 | |
|                   _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | |
|                   _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | |
|                   GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | |
|   widget_signals[SCROLL_EVENT] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("scroll_event",
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS(object_class),
 | |
|                   G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | |
|                   G_STRUCT_OFFSET(GtkWidgetClass, scroll_event),
 | |
|                   _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | |
|                   _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | |
|                   GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | |
|   widget_signals[MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("motion_notify_event",
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS(object_class),
 | |
|                   G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | |
|                   G_STRUCT_OFFSET(GtkWidgetClass, motion_notify_event),
 | |
|                   _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | |
|                   _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | |
|                   GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | |
|   widget_signals[DELETE_EVENT] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("delete_event",
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS(object_class),
 | |
|                   G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | |
|                   G_STRUCT_OFFSET(GtkWidgetClass, delete_event),
 | |
|                   _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | |
|                   _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | |
|                   GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | |
|   widget_signals[DESTROY_EVENT] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("destroy_event",
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS(object_class),
 | |
|                   G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | |
|                   G_STRUCT_OFFSET(GtkWidgetClass, destroy_event),
 | |
|                   _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | |
|                   _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | |
|                   GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | |
|   widget_signals[EXPOSE_EVENT] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("expose_event",
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS(object_class),
 | |
|                   G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | |
|                   G_STRUCT_OFFSET(GtkWidgetClass, expose_event),
 | |
|                   _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | |
|                   _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | |
|                   GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | |
|   widget_signals[KEY_PRESS_EVENT] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("key_press_event",
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS(object_class),
 | |
|                   G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | |
|                   G_STRUCT_OFFSET(GtkWidgetClass, key_press_event),
 | |
|                   _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | |
|                   _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | |
|                   GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | |
|   widget_signals[KEY_RELEASE_EVENT] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("key_release_event",
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS(object_class),
 | |
|                   G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | |
|                   G_STRUCT_OFFSET(GtkWidgetClass, key_release_event),
 | |
|                   _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | |
|                   _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | |
|                   GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | |
|   widget_signals[ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("enter_notify_event",
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS(object_class),
 | |
|                   G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | |
|                   G_STRUCT_OFFSET(GtkWidgetClass, enter_notify_event),
 | |
|                   _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | |
|                   _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | |
|                   GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | |
|   widget_signals[LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("leave_notify_event",
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS(object_class),
 | |
|                   G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | |
|                   G_STRUCT_OFFSET(GtkWidgetClass, leave_notify_event),
 | |
|                   _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | |
|                   _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | |
|                   GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | |
|   widget_signals[CONFIGURE_EVENT] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("configure_event",
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS(object_class),
 | |
|                   G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | |
|                   G_STRUCT_OFFSET(GtkWidgetClass, configure_event),
 | |
|                   _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | |
|                   _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | |
|                   GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | |
|   widget_signals[FOCUS_IN_EVENT] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("focus_in_event",
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS(object_class),
 | |
|                   G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | |
|                   G_STRUCT_OFFSET(GtkWidgetClass, focus_in_event),
 | |
|                   _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | |
|                   _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | |
|                   GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | |
|   widget_signals[FOCUS_OUT_EVENT] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("focus_out_event",
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS(object_class),
 | |
|                   G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | |
|                   G_STRUCT_OFFSET(GtkWidgetClass, focus_out_event),
 | |
|                   _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | |
|                   _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | |
|                   GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | |
|   widget_signals[MAP_EVENT] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("map_event",
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS(object_class),
 | |
|                   G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | |
|                   G_STRUCT_OFFSET(GtkWidgetClass, map_event),
 | |
|                   _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | |
|                   _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | |
|                   GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | |
|   widget_signals[UNMAP_EVENT] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("unmap_event",
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS(object_class),
 | |
|                   G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | |
|                   G_STRUCT_OFFSET(GtkWidgetClass, unmap_event),
 | |
|                   _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | |
|                   _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | |
|                   GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | |
|   widget_signals[PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("property_notify_event",
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS(object_class),
 | |
|                   G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | |
|                   G_STRUCT_OFFSET(GtkWidgetClass, property_notify_event),
 | |
|                   _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | |
|                   _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | |
|                   GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | |
|   widget_signals[SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("selection_clear_event",
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS(object_class),
 | |
|                   G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | |
|                   G_STRUCT_OFFSET(GtkWidgetClass, selection_clear_event),
 | |
|                   _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | |
|                   _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | |
|                   GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | |
|   widget_signals[SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("selection_request_event",
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS(object_class),
 | |
|                   G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | |
|                   G_STRUCT_OFFSET(GtkWidgetClass, selection_request_event),
 | |
|                   _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | |
|                   _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | |
|                   GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | |
|   widget_signals[SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("selection_notify_event",
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS(object_class),
 | |
|                   G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | |
|                   G_STRUCT_OFFSET(GtkWidgetClass, selection_notify_event),
 | |
|                   _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | |
|                   _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | |
|                   GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | |
|   widget_signals[SELECTION_RECEIVED] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("selection_received",
 | |
| 		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (object_class),
 | |
| 		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | |
| 		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_received),
 | |
| 		  NULL, NULL,
 | |
| 		  _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED_UINT,
 | |
| 		  G_TYPE_NONE, 2,
 | |
| 		  GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
 | |
| 		  G_TYPE_UINT);
 | |
|   widget_signals[SELECTION_GET] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("selection_get",
 | |
| 		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (object_class),
 | |
| 		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | |
| 		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_get),
 | |
| 		  NULL, NULL,
 | |
| 		  _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED_UINT_UINT,
 | |
| 		  G_TYPE_NONE, 3,
 | |
| 		  GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
 | |
| 		  G_TYPE_UINT,
 | |
| 		  G_TYPE_UINT);
 | |
|   widget_signals[PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("proximity_in_event",
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (object_class),
 | |
|                   G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | |
|                   G_STRUCT_OFFSET(GtkWidgetClass, proximity_in_event),
 | |
|                   _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | |
|                   _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | |
|                   GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | |
|   widget_signals[PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("proximity_out_event",
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS(object_class),
 | |
|                   G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | |
|                   G_STRUCT_OFFSET(GtkWidgetClass, proximity_out_event),
 | |
|                   _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | |
|                   _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | |
|                   GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | |
|   widget_signals[DRAG_LEAVE] =
 | |
|     gtk_signal_new ("drag_leave",
 | |
| 		    GTK_RUN_LAST,
 | |
| 		    GTK_CLASS_TYPE (object_class),
 | |
| 		    GTK_SIGNAL_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_leave),
 | |
| 		    _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_UINT,
 | |
| 		    GTK_TYPE_NONE, 2,
 | |
| 		    GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
 | |
| 		    GTK_TYPE_UINT);
 | |
|   widget_signals[DRAG_BEGIN] =
 | |
|     gtk_signal_new ("drag_begin",
 | |
| 		    GTK_RUN_LAST,
 | |
| 		    GTK_CLASS_TYPE (object_class),
 | |
| 		    GTK_SIGNAL_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_begin),
 | |
| 		    _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
 | |
| 		    GTK_TYPE_NONE, 1,
 | |
| 		    GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
 | |
|   widget_signals[DRAG_END] =
 | |
|     gtk_signal_new ("drag_end",
 | |
| 		    GTK_RUN_LAST,
 | |
| 		    GTK_CLASS_TYPE (object_class),
 | |
| 		    GTK_SIGNAL_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_end),
 | |
| 		    _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
 | |
| 		    GTK_TYPE_NONE, 1,
 | |
| 		    GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
 | |
|   widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_DELETE] =
 | |
|     gtk_signal_new ("drag_data_delete",
 | |
| 		    GTK_RUN_LAST,
 | |
| 		    GTK_CLASS_TYPE (object_class),
 | |
| 		    GTK_SIGNAL_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_delete),
 | |
| 		    _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
 | |
| 		    GTK_TYPE_NONE, 1,
 | |
| 		    GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
 | |
|   widget_signals[DRAG_MOTION] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("drag_motion",
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS(object_class),
 | |
|                   G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | |
|                   G_STRUCT_OFFSET(GtkWidgetClass, drag_motion),
 | |
|                   _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | |
| 		  _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_INT_INT_UINT,
 | |
| 		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 4,
 | |
| 		  GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
 | |
| 		  G_TYPE_INT,
 | |
| 		  G_TYPE_INT,
 | |
| 		  G_TYPE_UINT);
 | |
|   widget_signals[DRAG_DROP] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("drag_drop",
 | |
|                   G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS(object_class),
 | |
|                   G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | |
|                   G_STRUCT_OFFSET(GtkWidgetClass, drag_drop),
 | |
|                   _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | |
| 		  _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_INT_INT_UINT,
 | |
| 		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 4,
 | |
| 		  GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
 | |
| 		  G_TYPE_INT,
 | |
| 		  G_TYPE_INT,
 | |
| 		  G_TYPE_UINT);
 | |
|   widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_GET] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("drag_data_get",
 | |
| 		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (object_class),
 | |
| 		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | |
| 		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_get),
 | |
| 		  NULL, NULL,
 | |
| 		  _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_BOXED_UINT_UINT,
 | |
| 		  G_TYPE_NONE, 4,
 | |
| 		  GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
 | |
| 		  GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
 | |
| 		  G_TYPE_UINT,
 | |
| 		  G_TYPE_UINT);
 | |
|   widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_RECEIVED] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("drag_data_received",
 | |
| 		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (object_class),
 | |
| 		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | |
| 		  GTK_SIGNAL_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_received),
 | |
| 		  NULL, NULL,
 | |
| 		  _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_INT_INT_BOXED_UINT_UINT,
 | |
| 		  G_TYPE_NONE, 6,
 | |
| 		  GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
 | |
| 		  G_TYPE_INT,
 | |
| 		  G_TYPE_INT,
 | |
| 		  GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
 | |
| 		  G_TYPE_UINT,
 | |
| 		  G_TYPE_UINT);
 | |
|   widget_signals[VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("visibility_notify_event",
 | |
| 		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS(object_class),
 | |
| 		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | |
| 		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET(GtkWidgetClass, visibility_notify_event),
 | |
|                   _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | |
| 		  _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | |
| 		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | |
|                   GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | |
|   widget_signals[CLIENT_EVENT] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("client_event",
 | |
| 		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS(object_class),
 | |
| 		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | |
| 		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET(GtkWidgetClass, client_event),
 | |
| 		  _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | |
| 		  _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | |
| 		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | |
| 		  GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | |
|   widget_signals[NO_EXPOSE_EVENT] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("no_expose_event",
 | |
| 		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS(object_class),
 | |
| 		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | |
| 		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET(GtkWidgetClass, no_expose_event),
 | |
| 		  _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | |
| 		  _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | |
| 		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | |
| 		  GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | |
|   widget_signals[WINDOW_STATE_EVENT] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("window_state_event",
 | |
| 		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS(object_class),
 | |
| 		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | |
| 		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET(GtkWidgetClass, window_state_event),
 | |
| 		  _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | |
| 		  _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | |
| 		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | |
| 		  GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | |
|   widget_signals[POPUP_MENU] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("popup_menu",
 | |
| 		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (object_class),
 | |
| 		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
 | |
| 		  GTK_SIGNAL_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, popup_menu),
 | |
| 		  _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | |
|                   _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__VOID,
 | |
| 		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 0);
 | |
|   widget_signals[SHOW_HELP] =
 | |
|     g_signal_new ("show_help",
 | |
| 		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (object_class),
 | |
| 		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
 | |
| 		  GTK_SIGNAL_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, show_help),
 | |
| 		  _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | |
|                   _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
 | |
| 		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE);
 | |
|   widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED] =
 | |
|     gtk_signal_new ("accel_closures_changed",
 | |
| 		    0,
 | |
| 		    GTK_CLASS_TYPE (object_class),
 | |
| 		    0,
 | |
|                     gtk_marshal_NONE__NONE,
 | |
| 		    GTK_TYPE_NONE, 0);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   binding_set = gtk_binding_set_by_class (klass);
 | |
|   gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_F10, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
 | |
|                                 "popup_menu", 0);
 | |
|   gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_Menu, 0,
 | |
|                                 "popup_menu", 0);  
 | |
| 
 | |
|   gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_F1, GDK_CONTROL_MASK,
 | |
|                                 "show_help", 1,
 | |
|                                 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
 | |
|                                 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP);
 | |
|   gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KP_F1, GDK_CONTROL_MASK,
 | |
|                                 "show_help", 1,
 | |
|                                 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
 | |
|                                 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP);
 | |
|   gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_F1, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
 | |
|                                 "show_help", 1,
 | |
|                                 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
 | |
|                                 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_WHATS_THIS);  
 | |
|   gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KP_F1, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
 | |
|                                 "show_help", 1,
 | |
|                                 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
 | |
|                                 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_WHATS_THIS);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
 | |
| 					   g_param_spec_boolean ("interior_focus",
 | |
| 								 _("Interior Focus"),
 | |
| 								 _("Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets."),
 | |
| 								 TRUE,
 | |
| 								 G_PARAM_READABLE));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
 | |
| 					   g_param_spec_int ("focus-line-width",
 | |
| 							     _("Focus linewidth"),
 | |
| 							     _("Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line."),
 | |
| 							     0, G_MAXINT, 1,
 | |
| 							     G_PARAM_READWRITE));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
 | |
| 					   g_param_spec_string ("focus-line-pattern",
 | |
| 								_("Focus line dash pattern"),
 | |
| 								_("Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator."),
 | |
| 								"\1\1",
 | |
| 								G_PARAM_READWRITE));
 | |
|   gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
 | |
| 					   g_param_spec_int ("focus-padding",
 | |
| 							     _("Focus padding"),
 | |
| 							     _("Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'."),
 | |
| 							     0, G_MAXINT, 1,
 | |
| 							     G_PARAM_READWRITE));
 | |
|   gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
 | |
| 					   g_param_spec_boxed ("cursor-color",
 | |
| 							       _("Cursor color"),
 | |
| 							       _("Color with which to draw insertion cursor"),
 | |
| 							       GDK_TYPE_COLOR,
 | |
| 							       G_PARAM_READABLE));
 | |
|   gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
 | |
| 					   g_param_spec_boxed ("secondary-cursor-color",
 | |
| 							       _("Secondary cursor color"),
 | |
| 							       _("Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed right-to-left and left-to-right text."),
 | |
| 							       GDK_TYPE_COLOR,
 | |
| 							       G_PARAM_READABLE));
 | |
|   gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
 | |
|                                            g_param_spec_float ("cursor-aspect-ratio",
 | |
|                                                                _("Cursor line aspect ratio"),
 | |
|                                                                _("Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor"),
 | |
|                                                                0.0, 1.0, 0.04,
 | |
|                                                                G_PARAM_READABLE));
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gtk_widget_set_property (GObject         *object,
 | |
| 			 guint            prop_id,
 | |
| 			 const GValue    *value,
 | |
| 			 GParamSpec      *pspec)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   switch (prop_id)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       guint32 saved_flags;
 | |
|       
 | |
|     case PROP_NAME:
 | |
|       gtk_widget_set_name (widget, g_value_get_string (value));
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case PROP_PARENT:
 | |
|       gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (g_value_get_object (value)), widget);
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST:
 | |
|       gtk_widget_set_usize (widget, g_value_get_int (value), -2);
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST:
 | |
|       gtk_widget_set_usize (widget, -2, g_value_get_int (value));
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case PROP_VISIBLE:
 | |
|       if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
 | |
| 	gtk_widget_show (widget);
 | |
|       else
 | |
| 	gtk_widget_hide (widget);
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case PROP_SENSITIVE:
 | |
|       gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case PROP_APP_PAINTABLE:
 | |
|       gtk_widget_set_app_paintable (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case PROP_CAN_FOCUS:
 | |
|       saved_flags = GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget);
 | |
|       if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
 | |
| 	GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_CAN_FOCUS);
 | |
|       else
 | |
| 	GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_CAN_FOCUS);
 | |
|       if (saved_flags != GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget))
 | |
| 	gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case PROP_HAS_FOCUS:
 | |
|       if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
 | |
| 	gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case PROP_CAN_DEFAULT:
 | |
|       saved_flags = GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget);
 | |
|       if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
 | |
| 	GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT);
 | |
|       else
 | |
| 	GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT);
 | |
|       if (saved_flags != GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget))
 | |
| 	gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case PROP_HAS_DEFAULT:
 | |
|       if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
 | |
| 	gtk_widget_grab_default (widget);
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT:
 | |
|       if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
 | |
| 	GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_RECEIVES_DEFAULT);
 | |
|       else
 | |
| 	GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_RECEIVES_DEFAULT);
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case PROP_STYLE:
 | |
|       gtk_widget_set_style (widget, g_value_get_object (value));
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case PROP_EVENTS:
 | |
|       if (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget) && !GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
 | |
| 	gtk_widget_set_events (widget, g_value_get_flags (value));
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case PROP_EXTENSION_EVENTS:
 | |
|       gtk_widget_set_extension_events (widget, g_value_get_enum (value));
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gtk_widget_get_property (GObject         *object,
 | |
| 			 guint            prop_id,
 | |
| 			 GValue          *value,
 | |
| 			 GParamSpec      *pspec)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   switch (prop_id)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       gint *eventp;
 | |
|       GdkExtensionMode *modep;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case PROP_NAME:
 | |
|       if (widget->name)
 | |
| 	g_value_set_string (value, widget->name);
 | |
|       else
 | |
| 	g_value_set_string (value, "");
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case PROP_PARENT:
 | |
|       if (widget->parent)
 | |
| 	g_value_set_object (value, widget->parent);
 | |
|       else
 | |
| 	g_value_set_object (value, NULL);
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST:
 | |
|       {
 | |
|         int w;
 | |
|         gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, &w, NULL);
 | |
|         g_value_set_int (value, w);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST:
 | |
|       {
 | |
|         int h;
 | |
|         gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, NULL, &h);
 | |
|         g_value_set_int (value, h);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case PROP_VISIBLE:
 | |
|       g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget) != FALSE));
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case PROP_SENSITIVE:
 | |
|       g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_SENSITIVE (widget) != FALSE));
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case PROP_APP_PAINTABLE:
 | |
|       g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_APP_PAINTABLE (widget) != FALSE));
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case PROP_CAN_FOCUS:
 | |
|       g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_CAN_FOCUS (widget) != FALSE));
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case PROP_HAS_FOCUS:
 | |
|       g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_HAS_FOCUS (widget) != FALSE));
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case PROP_CAN_DEFAULT:
 | |
|       g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_CAN_DEFAULT (widget) != FALSE));
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case PROP_HAS_DEFAULT:
 | |
|       g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_HAS_DEFAULT (widget) != FALSE));
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT:
 | |
|       g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_RECEIVES_DEFAULT (widget) != FALSE));
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD:
 | |
|       g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_COMPOSITE_CHILD (widget) != FALSE));
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case PROP_STYLE:
 | |
|       g_value_set_object (value, gtk_widget_get_style (widget));
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case PROP_EVENTS:
 | |
|       eventp = gtk_object_get_data_by_id (GTK_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask);
 | |
|       if (!eventp)
 | |
| 	g_value_set_flags (value, 0);
 | |
|       else
 | |
| 	g_value_set_flags (value, *eventp);
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case PROP_EXTENSION_EVENTS:
 | |
|       modep = gtk_object_get_data_by_id (GTK_OBJECT (widget), quark_extension_event_mode);
 | |
|       if (!modep)
 | |
|  	g_value_set_enum (value, 0);
 | |
|       else
 | |
|  	g_value_set_enum (value, (GdkExtensionMode) *modep);
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|       G_OBJECT_WARN_INVALID_PROPERTY_ID (object, prop_id, pspec);
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gtk_widget_init (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GTK_PRIVATE_FLAGS (widget) = PRIVATE_GTK_CHILD_VISIBLE;
 | |
|   widget->state = GTK_STATE_NORMAL;
 | |
|   widget->saved_state = GTK_STATE_NORMAL;
 | |
|   widget->name = NULL;
 | |
|   widget->requisition.width = 0;
 | |
|   widget->requisition.height = 0;
 | |
|   widget->allocation.x = -1;
 | |
|   widget->allocation.y = -1;
 | |
|   widget->allocation.width = 1;
 | |
|   widget->allocation.height = 1;
 | |
|   widget->window = NULL;
 | |
|   widget->parent = NULL;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget,
 | |
| 			GTK_SENSITIVE |
 | |
| 			GTK_PARENT_SENSITIVE |
 | |
| 			(composite_child_stack ? GTK_COMPOSITE_CHILD : 0) |
 | |
| 			GTK_DOUBLE_BUFFERED);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_REDRAW_ON_ALLOC);
 | |
|   GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_REQUEST_NEEDED);
 | |
|   GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_ALLOC_NEEDED);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   widget->style = gtk_widget_get_default_style ();
 | |
|   g_object_ref (widget->style);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed (GtkWidget   *widget,
 | |
| 					      guint        n_pspecs,
 | |
| 					      GParamSpec **pspecs)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GtkWidget *container = widget->parent;
 | |
|   guint i;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   for (i = 0; widget->parent == container && i < n_pspecs; i++)
 | |
|     g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[CHILD_NOTIFY], g_quark_from_string (pspecs[i]->name), pspecs[i]);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count)
 | |
|     return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_object_ref (widget);
 | |
|   g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
 | |
|   g_object_unref (widget);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_child_notify (GtkWidget    *widget,
 | |
| 			 const gchar  *child_property)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GParamSpec *pspec;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (child_property != NULL);
 | |
|   if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count || !widget->parent)
 | |
|     return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_object_ref (widget);
 | |
|   pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (_gtk_widget_child_property_pool,
 | |
| 				    child_property,
 | |
| 				    G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget->parent),
 | |
| 				    TRUE);
 | |
|   if (!pspec)
 | |
|     g_warning ("%s: container class `%s' has no child property named `%s'",
 | |
| 	       G_STRLOC,
 | |
| 	       G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget->parent),
 | |
| 	       child_property);
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       g_object_notify_queue_add (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue, pspec);
 | |
|       g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   g_object_unref (widget);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Reverts the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify().
 | |
|  */ 
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count)
 | |
|     return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_object_ref (widget);
 | |
|   nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_from_object (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
 | |
|   if (!nqueue || !nqueue->freeze_count)
 | |
|     g_warning (G_STRLOC ": child-property-changed notification for %s(%p) is not frozen",
 | |
| 	       G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
 | |
|   g_object_unref (widget);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_new:
 | |
|  * @type: type ID of the widget to create
 | |
|  * @first_property_name: name of first property to set
 | |
|  * @Varargs: value of first property, followed by more properties, %NULL-terminated
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * This is a convenience function for creating a widget and setting
 | |
|  * its properties in one go. For example you might write:
 | |
|  * <literal>gtk_widget_new (GTK_TYPE_LABEL, "label", "Hello World", "xalign",
 | |
|  * 0.0, NULL)</literal> to create a left-aligned label. Equivalent to
 | |
|  * gtk_object_new(), but returns a widget so you don't have to
 | |
|  * cast the object yourself.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Return value: a new #GtkWidget of type @widget_type
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| GtkWidget*
 | |
| gtk_widget_new (GtkType      type,
 | |
| 		const gchar *first_property_name,
 | |
| 		...)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GtkWidget *widget;
 | |
|   va_list var_args;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (gtk_type_is_a (type, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET), NULL);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
 | |
|   widget = (GtkWidget *)g_object_new_valist (type, first_property_name, var_args);
 | |
|   va_end (var_args);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return widget;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_set:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @first_property_name: name of first property to set
 | |
|  * @Varargs: value of first property, followed by more properties, %NULL-terminated
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Like gtk_object_set() - there's no reason to use this instead of
 | |
|  * gtk_object_set().
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_set (GtkWidget   *widget,
 | |
| 		const gchar *first_property_name,
 | |
| 		...)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   va_list var_args;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
 | |
|   g_object_set_valist (G_OBJECT (widget), first_property_name, var_args);
 | |
|   va_end (var_args);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static inline void	   
 | |
| gtk_widget_queue_clear_child (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GtkWidget *parent;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   parent = widget->parent;
 | |
|   if (parent && GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE (parent))
 | |
|     gtk_widget_queue_clear_area (parent,
 | |
| 				 widget->allocation.x,
 | |
| 				 widget->allocation.y,
 | |
| 				 widget->allocation.width,
 | |
| 				 widget->allocation.height);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_unparent:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * This function is only for use in widget implementations.
 | |
|  * Should be called by implementations of the remove method
 | |
|  * on #GtkContainer, to dissociate a child from the container.
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_unparent (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue;
 | |
|   GtkWidget *toplevel;
 | |
|   GtkWidget *old_parent;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
|   if (widget->parent == NULL)
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   /* keep this function in sync with gtk_menu_detach()
 | |
|    */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
 | |
|   nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* unset focused and default children properly, this code
 | |
|    * should eventually move into some gtk_window_unparent_branch() or
 | |
|    * similar function.
 | |
|    */
 | |
|   
 | |
|   toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
 | |
|   if (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent)->focus_child == widget)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent), NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (toplevel))
 | |
| 	{
 | |
| 	  GtkWidget *child;
 | |
|       
 | |
| 	  child = GTK_WINDOW (toplevel)->focus_widget;
 | |
| 	  
 | |
| 	  while (child && child != widget)
 | |
| 	    child = child->parent;
 | |
| 	  
 | |
| 	  if (child == widget)
 | |
| 	    gtk_window_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), NULL);
 | |
| 	}
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   if (GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (toplevel))
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       GtkWidget *child;
 | |
|       
 | |
|       child = GTK_WINDOW (toplevel)->default_widget;
 | |
|       
 | |
|       while (child && child != widget)
 | |
| 	child = child->parent;
 | |
|       
 | |
|       if (child == widget)
 | |
| 	gtk_window_set_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), NULL);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* If we are unanchoring the child, we save around the toplevel
 | |
|    * to emit hierarchy changed
 | |
|    */
 | |
|   if (GTK_WIDGET_ANCHORED (widget->parent))
 | |
|     g_object_ref (toplevel);
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     toplevel = NULL;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   gtk_widget_queue_clear_child (widget);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Reset the width and height here, to force reallocation if we
 | |
|    * get added back to a new parent. This won't work if our new
 | |
|    * allocation is smaller than 1x1 and we actually want a size of 1x1...
 | |
|    * (would 0x0 be OK here?)
 | |
|    */
 | |
|   widget->allocation.width = 1;
 | |
|   widget->allocation.height = 1;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget) && !GTK_WIDGET_IN_REPARENT (widget))
 | |
|     gtk_widget_unrealize (widget);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Removing a widget from a container restores the child visible
 | |
|    * flag to the default state, so it doesn't affect the child
 | |
|    * in the next parent.
 | |
|    */
 | |
|   GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_CHILD_VISIBLE);
 | |
|     
 | |
|   old_parent = widget->parent;
 | |
|   widget->parent = NULL;
 | |
|   gtk_widget_set_parent_window (widget, NULL);
 | |
|   gtk_signal_emit (GTK_OBJECT (widget), widget_signals[PARENT_SET], old_parent);
 | |
|   if (toplevel)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (widget, toplevel);
 | |
|       g_object_unref (toplevel);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|       
 | |
|   g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
 | |
|   g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
 | |
|   if (!widget->parent)
 | |
|     g_object_notify_queue_clear (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
 | |
|   g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
 | |
|   gtk_widget_unref (widget);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_destroy:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Destroys a widget. Equivalent to gtk_object_destroy(), except that
 | |
|  * you don't have to cast the widget to #GtkObject. When a widget is
 | |
|  * destroyed, it will break any references it holds to other objects.
 | |
|  * If the widget is inside a container, the widget will be removed
 | |
|  * from the container. If the widget is a toplevel (derived from
 | |
|  * #GtkWindow), it will be removed from the list of toplevels, and the
 | |
|  * reference GTK+ holds to it will be removed. Removing a
 | |
|  * widget from its container or the list of toplevels results in the
 | |
|  * widget being finalized, unless you've added additional references
 | |
|  * to the widget with gtk_object_ref().
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * In most cases, only toplevel widgets (windows) require explicit
 | |
|  * destruction, because when you destroy a toplevel its children will
 | |
|  * be destroyed as well.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_destroy (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   gtk_object_destroy ((GtkObject*) widget);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_destroyed:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @widget_pointer: address of a variable that contains @widget
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function sets *@widget_pointer to %NULL if @widget_pointer !=
 | |
|  * %NULL.  It's intended to be used as a callback connected to the
 | |
|  * "destroy" signal of a widget. You connect gtk_widget_destroyed()
 | |
|  * as a signal handler, and pass the address of your widget variable
 | |
|  * as user data. Then when the widget is destroyed, the variable will
 | |
|  * be set to %NULL. Useful for example to avoid multiple copies
 | |
|  * of the same dialog.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_destroyed (GtkWidget      *widget,
 | |
| 		      GtkWidget      **widget_pointer)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   /* Don't make any assumptions about the
 | |
|    *  value of widget!
 | |
|    *  Even check widget_pointer.
 | |
|    */
 | |
|   if (widget_pointer)
 | |
|     *widget_pointer = NULL;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_show:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Flags a widget to be displayed. Any widget that isn't shown will
 | |
|  * not appear on the screen. If you want to show all the widgets in a
 | |
|  * container, it's easier to call gtk_widget_show_all() on the
 | |
|  * container, instead of individually showing the widgets.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Remember that you have to show the containers containing a widget,
 | |
|  * in addition to the widget itself, before it will appear onscreen.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * When a toplevel container is shown, it is immediately realized and
 | |
|  * mapped; other shown widgets are realized and mapped when their
 | |
|  * toplevel container is realized and mapped.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_show (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (!GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       g_object_ref (G_OBJECT (widget));
 | |
|       if (!GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget))
 | |
| 	gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
 | |
|       gtk_signal_emit (GTK_OBJECT (widget), widget_signals[SHOW]);
 | |
|       g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "visible");
 | |
|       g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (widget));
 | |
|     }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gtk_widget_real_show (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (!GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_VISIBLE);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (widget->parent &&
 | |
| 	  GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget->parent) &&
 | |
| 	  GTK_WIDGET_CHILD_VISIBLE (widget) &&
 | |
| 	  !GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
 | |
| 	gtk_widget_map (widget);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gtk_widget_show_map_callback (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEvent *event, gint *flag)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   *flag = TRUE;
 | |
|   gtk_signal_disconnect_by_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), flag);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_show_now:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Shows a widget. If the widget is an unmapped toplevel widget
 | |
|  * (i.e. a #GtkWindow that has not yet been shown), enter the main
 | |
|  * loop and wait for the window to actually be mapped. Be careful;
 | |
|  * because the main loop is running, anything can happen during
 | |
|  * this function.
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_show_now (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   gint flag = FALSE;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* make sure we will get event */
 | |
|   if (!GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget) &&
 | |
|       GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget))
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       gtk_widget_show (widget);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (widget), "map_event",
 | |
| 			  GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_widget_show_map_callback), 
 | |
| 			  &flag);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       while (!flag)
 | |
| 	gtk_main_iteration();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     gtk_widget_show (widget);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_hide:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Reverses the effects of gtk_widget_show(), causing the widget to be
 | |
|  * hidden (invisible to the user).
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       gtk_widget_ref (widget);
 | |
|       gtk_signal_emit (GTK_OBJECT (widget), widget_signals[HIDE]);
 | |
|       if (!GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget))
 | |
| 	gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
 | |
|       g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "visible");
 | |
|       gtk_widget_unref (widget);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gtk_widget_real_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_VISIBLE);
 | |
|       
 | |
|       if (GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
 | |
| 	gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_hide_on_delete:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Utility function; intended to be connected to the "delete_event"
 | |
|  * signal on a #GtkWindow. The function calls gtk_widget_hide() on its
 | |
|  * argument, then returns %TRUE. If connected to "delete_event", the
 | |
|  * result is that clicking the close button for a window (on the
 | |
|  * window frame, top right corner usually) will hide but not destroy
 | |
|  * the window. By default, GTK+ destroys windows when "delete_event"
 | |
|  * is received.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Return value: %TRUE
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| gboolean
 | |
| gtk_widget_hide_on_delete (GtkWidget      *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   gtk_widget_hide (widget);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   return TRUE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_show_all:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Recursively shows a widget, and any child widgets (if the widget is
 | |
|  * a container).
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_show_all (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GtkWidgetClass *class;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (class->show_all)
 | |
|     class->show_all (widget);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_hide_all:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Recursively hides a widget and any child widgets.
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_hide_all (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GtkWidgetClass *class;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (class->hide_all)
 | |
|     class->hide_all (widget);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_map:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
 | |
|  * a widget to be mapped if it isn't already.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_map (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget));
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_CHILD_VISIBLE (widget));
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (!GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       if (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
 | |
| 	gtk_widget_realize (widget);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       gtk_signal_emit (GTK_OBJECT (widget), widget_signals[MAP]);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
 | |
| 	gdk_window_invalidate_rect (widget->window, &widget->allocation, FALSE);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_unmap:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
 | |
|  * a widget to be unmapped if it's currently mapped.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_unmap (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
 | |
| 	gdk_window_invalidate_rect (widget->window, &widget->allocation, FALSE);
 | |
|       gtk_signal_emit (GTK_OBJECT (widget), widget_signals[UNMAP]);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_realize:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Creates the GDK (windowing system) resources associated with a
 | |
|  * widget.  For example, @widget->window will be created when a widget
 | |
|  * is realized.  Normally realization happens implicitly; if you show
 | |
|  * a widget and all its parent containers, then the widget will be
 | |
|  * realized and mapped automatically.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Realizing a widget requires all
 | |
|  * the widget's parent widgets to be realized; calling
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_realize() realizes the widget's parents in addition to
 | |
|  * @widget itself. If a widget is not yet inside a toplevel window
 | |
|  * when you realize it, bad things will happen.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function is primarily used in widget implementations, and
 | |
|  * isn't very useful otherwise. Many times when you think you might
 | |
|  * need it, a better approach is to connect to a signal that will be
 | |
|  * called after the widget is realized automatically, such as
 | |
|  * "expose_event". Or simply gtk_signal_connect_after() to the
 | |
|  * "realize" signal.
 | |
|  *  
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   gint events;
 | |
|   GdkExtensionMode mode;
 | |
|   GtkWidgetShapeInfo *shape_info;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       /*
 | |
| 	if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget) && !GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
 | |
| 	  g_message ("gtk_widget_realize(%s)", gtk_type_name (GTK_WIDGET_TYPE (widget)));
 | |
|       */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (widget->parent == NULL &&
 | |
|           !GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget))
 | |
|         g_warning ("Calling gtk_widget_realize() on a widget that isn't "
 | |
|                    "inside a toplevel window is not going to work very well. "
 | |
|                    "Widgets must be inside a toplevel container before realizing them.");
 | |
|       
 | |
|       if (widget->parent && !GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget->parent))
 | |
| 	gtk_widget_realize (widget->parent);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       gtk_widget_ensure_style (widget);
 | |
|       
 | |
|       gtk_signal_emit (GTK_OBJECT (widget), widget_signals[REALIZE]);
 | |
|       
 | |
|       if (GTK_WIDGET_HAS_SHAPE_MASK (widget))
 | |
| 	{
 | |
| 	  shape_info = gtk_object_get_data_by_id (GTK_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info);
 | |
| 	  gdk_window_shape_combine_mask (widget->window,
 | |
| 					 shape_info->shape_mask,
 | |
| 					 shape_info->offset_x,
 | |
| 					 shape_info->offset_y);
 | |
| 	}
 | |
|       
 | |
|       if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
 | |
| 	{
 | |
| 	  mode = gtk_widget_get_extension_events (widget);
 | |
| 	  if (mode != GDK_EXTENSION_EVENTS_NONE)
 | |
| 	    {
 | |
| 	      events = gtk_widget_get_events (widget);
 | |
| 	      gdk_input_set_extension_events (widget->window, events, mode);
 | |
| 	    }
 | |
| 	}
 | |
|       
 | |
|     }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_unrealize:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function is only useful in widget implementations.
 | |
|  * Causes a widget to be unrealized (frees all GDK resources
 | |
|  * associated with the widget, such as @widget->window).
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (GTK_WIDGET_HAS_SHAPE_MASK (widget))
 | |
|     gtk_widget_shape_combine_mask (widget, NULL, -1, -1);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       gtk_widget_ref (widget);
 | |
|       gtk_signal_emit (GTK_OBJECT (widget), widget_signals[UNREALIZE]);
 | |
|       GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_REALIZED | GTK_MAPPED);
 | |
|       gtk_widget_unref (widget);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*****************************************
 | |
|  * Draw queueing.
 | |
|  *****************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_queue_draw_area:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @x: x coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
 | |
|  * @y: y coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
 | |
|  * @width: width of region to draw
 | |
|  * @height: height of region to draw
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Invalidates the rectangular area of @widget defined by @x, @y,
 | |
|  * @width and @height by calling gdk_window_invalidate_rect() on the
 | |
|  * widget's window and all its child windows.  Once the main loop
 | |
|  * becomes idle (after the current batch of events has been processed,
 | |
|  * roughly), the window will receive expose events for the union of
 | |
|  * all regions that have been invalidated.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Normally you would only use this function in widget
 | |
|  * implementations. You might also use it, or
 | |
|  * gdk_window_invalidate_rect() directly, to schedule a redraw of a
 | |
|  * #GtkDrawingArea or some portion thereof.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Frequently you can just call gdk_window_invalidate_rect() or
 | |
|  * gdk_window_invalidate_region() instead of this function. Those
 | |
|  * functions will invalidate only a single window, instead of the
 | |
|  * widget and all its children.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The advantage of adding to the invalidated region compared to
 | |
|  * simply drawing immediately is efficiency; using an invalid region
 | |
|  * ensures that you only have to redraw one time.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void	   
 | |
| gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (GtkWidget *widget,
 | |
| 			    gint       x,
 | |
| 			    gint       y,
 | |
| 			    gint       width,
 | |
|  			    gint       height)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   gtk_widget_queue_clear_area (widget, x, y, width, height);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_queue_draw:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Equivalent to calling gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() for the
 | |
|  * entire area of a widget.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void	   
 | |
| gtk_widget_queue_draw (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   gtk_widget_queue_clear (widget);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Invalidates the given area (allocation-relative-coordinates)
 | |
|  * in all of the widget's windows
 | |
|  */
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_queue_clear_area:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @x: x coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
 | |
|  * @y: y coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
 | |
|  * @width: width of region to draw
 | |
|  * @height: height of region to draw
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * DEPRECATED. This function is no longer different from
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_queue_draw_area(), though it once was. Now it just calls
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_queue_draw_area(). Originally
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_queue_clear_area() would force a redraw of the
 | |
|  * background for %GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets, and
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() would not. Now both functions ensure
 | |
|  * the background will be redrawn.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void	   
 | |
| gtk_widget_queue_clear_area (GtkWidget *widget,
 | |
| 			     gint       x,
 | |
| 			     gint       y,
 | |
| 			     gint       width,
 | |
| 			     gint       height)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GdkRectangle invalid_rect;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!(widget->window && gdk_window_is_viewable (widget->window)))
 | |
|     return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Find the correct widget */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       if (widget->parent)
 | |
| 	{
 | |
| 	  /* Translate widget relative to window-relative */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	  gint wx, wy, wwidth, wheight;
 | |
| 	  
 | |
| 	  gdk_window_get_position (widget->window, &wx, &wy);
 | |
| 	  x -= wx - widget->allocation.x;
 | |
| 	  y -= wy - widget->allocation.y;
 | |
| 	  
 | |
| 	  gdk_window_get_size (widget->window, &wwidth, &wheight);
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	  if (x + width <= 0 || y + height <= 0 ||
 | |
| 	      x >= wwidth || y >= wheight)
 | |
| 	    return;
 | |
| 	  
 | |
| 	  if (x < 0)
 | |
| 	    {
 | |
| 	      width += x;  x = 0;
 | |
| 	    }
 | |
| 	  if (y < 0)
 | |
| 	    {
 | |
| 	      height += y; y = 0;
 | |
| 	    }
 | |
| 	  if (x + width > wwidth)
 | |
| 	    width = wwidth - x;
 | |
| 	  if (y + height > wheight)
 | |
| 	    height = wheight - y;
 | |
| 	}
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   invalid_rect.x = x;
 | |
|   invalid_rect.y = y;
 | |
|   invalid_rect.width = width;
 | |
|   invalid_rect.height = height;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   gdk_window_invalidate_rect (widget->window, &invalid_rect, TRUE);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_queue_clear:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * DEPRECATED. Use gtk_widget_queue_draw() instead.
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void	   
 | |
| gtk_widget_queue_clear (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (widget->allocation.width || widget->allocation.height)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
 | |
| 	gtk_widget_queue_clear_area (widget, widget->allocation.x,
 | |
| 				     widget->allocation.y,
 | |
| 				     widget->allocation.width, 
 | |
| 				     widget->allocation.height);
 | |
|       else
 | |
| 	gtk_widget_queue_clear_area (widget, 0, 0, 
 | |
| 				     widget->allocation.width, 
 | |
| 				     widget->allocation.height);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_queue_resize:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function is only for use in widget implementations.
 | |
|  * Flags a widget to have its size renegotiated; should
 | |
|  * be called when a widget for some reason has a new size request.
 | |
|  * For example, when you change the text in a #GtkLabel, #GtkLabel
 | |
|  * queues a resize to ensure there's enough space for the new text.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_queue_resize (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GdkRegion *region;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       region = gdk_region_rectangle (&widget->allocation);
 | |
|       gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (widget, region);
 | |
|       gdk_region_destroy (region);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|       
 | |
|   _gtk_size_group_queue_resize (widget);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_draw:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @area: area to draw
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * DEPRECATED. In GTK+ 1.2, this function would immediately render the
 | |
|  * region @area of a widget, by invoking the virtual draw method of a
 | |
|  * widget. In GTK+ 2.0, the draw method is gone, and instead
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_draw() simply invalidates the specified region of the
 | |
|  * widget, then updates the invalid region of the widget immediately.
 | |
|  * Usually you don't want to update the region immediately for
 | |
|  * performance reasons, so in general gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() is
 | |
|  * a better choice if you want to draw a region of a widget.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_draw (GtkWidget    *widget,
 | |
| 		 GdkRectangle *area)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE (widget))
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       if (area)
 | |
|         gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (widget,
 | |
|                                     area->x, area->y,
 | |
|                                     area->width, area->height);
 | |
|       else
 | |
|         gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       gdk_window_process_updates (widget->window, TRUE);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_size_request:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @requisition: a #GtkRequisition to be filled in
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * This function is typically used when implementing a #GtkContainer
 | |
|  * subclass.  Obtains the preferred size of a widget. The container
 | |
|  * uses this information to arrange its child widgets and decide what
 | |
|  * size allocations to give them with gtk_widget_size_allocate().
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * You can also call this function from an application, with some
 | |
|  * caveats. Most notably, getting a size request requires the widget
 | |
|  * to be associated with a screen, because font information may be
 | |
|  * needed. Multihead-aware applications should keep this in mind.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Also remember that the size request is not necessarily the size
 | |
|  * a widget will actually be allocated.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * See also gtk_widget_get_child_requisition().
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_size_request (GtkWidget	*widget,
 | |
| 			 GtkRequisition *requisition)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
 | |
|   if (requisition == &widget->requisition)
 | |
|     g_warning ("gtk_widget_size_request() called on child widget with request equal\n to widget->requisition. gtk_widget_set_usize() may not work properly.");
 | |
| #endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   _gtk_size_group_compute_requisition (widget, requisition);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_get_child_requisition:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @requisition: a #GtkRequisition to be filled in
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * This function is only for use in widget implementations. Obtains
 | |
|  * @widget->requisition, unless someone has forced a particular
 | |
|  * geometry on the widget (e.g. with gtk_widget_set_usize()), in which
 | |
|  * case it returns that geometry instead of the widget's requisition.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function differs from gtk_widget_size_request() in that
 | |
|  * it retrieves the last size request value from @widget->requisition,
 | |
|  * while gtk_widget_size_request() actually calls the "size_request" method
 | |
|  * on @widget to compute the size request and fill in @widget->requisition,
 | |
|  * and only then returns @widget->requisition.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Because this function does not call the "size_request" method, it
 | |
|  * can only be used when you know that @widget->requisition is
 | |
|  * up-to-date, that is, gtk_widget_size_request() has been called
 | |
|  * since the last time a resize was queued. In general, only container
 | |
|  * implementations have this information; applications should use
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_size_request().
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_get_child_requisition (GtkWidget	 *widget,
 | |
| 				  GtkRequisition *requisition)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   _gtk_size_group_get_child_requisition (widget, requisition);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static gboolean
 | |
| invalidate_predicate (GdkWindow *window,
 | |
| 		      gpointer   data)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   gpointer user_data;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return (user_data == data);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Invalidate @region in widget->window and all children
 | |
|  * of widget->window owned by widget. @region is in the
 | |
|  * same coordinates as widget->allocation and will be
 | |
|  * modified by this call.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (GtkWidget *widget,
 | |
| 				      GdkRegion *region)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       int x, y;
 | |
|       
 | |
|       gdk_window_get_position (widget->window, &x, &y);
 | |
|       gdk_region_offset (region, -x, -y);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   gdk_window_invalidate_maybe_recurse (widget->window, region,
 | |
| 				       invalidate_predicate, widget);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_size_allocate:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @allocation: position and size to be allocated to @widget
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function is only used by #GtkContainer subclasses, to assign a size
 | |
|  * and position to their child widgets. 
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_size_allocate (GtkWidget	*widget,
 | |
| 			  GtkAllocation *allocation)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
 | |
|   GdkRectangle real_allocation;
 | |
|   GdkRectangle old_allocation;
 | |
|   gboolean alloc_needed;
 | |
|   gboolean size_changed;
 | |
|   gboolean position_changed;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   alloc_needed = GTK_WIDGET_ALLOC_NEEDED (widget);
 | |
|   GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_ALLOC_NEEDED);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   old_allocation = widget->allocation;
 | |
|   real_allocation = *allocation;
 | |
|   aux_info =_gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (aux_info)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       if (aux_info->x_set)
 | |
| 	real_allocation.x = aux_info->x;
 | |
|       if (aux_info->y_set)
 | |
| 	real_allocation.y = aux_info->y;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (real_allocation.width < 0 || real_allocation.height < 0)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       g_warning ("gtk_widget_size_allocate(): attempt to allocate widget with width %d and height %d",
 | |
| 		 real_allocation.width,
 | |
| 		 real_allocation.height);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   
 | |
|   real_allocation.width = MAX (real_allocation.width, 1);
 | |
|   real_allocation.height = MAX (real_allocation.height, 1);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   size_changed = (old_allocation.width != real_allocation.width ||
 | |
| 		  old_allocation.height != real_allocation.height);
 | |
|   position_changed = (old_allocation.x != real_allocation.x ||
 | |
| 		      old_allocation.y != real_allocation.y);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!alloc_needed && !size_changed && !position_changed)
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   gtk_signal_emit (GTK_OBJECT (widget), widget_signals[SIZE_ALLOCATE], &real_allocation);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget) && GTK_WIDGET_REDRAW_ON_ALLOC (widget) && position_changed)
 | |
| 	{
 | |
| 	  /* Invalidate union(old_allaction,widget->allocation) in widget->window
 | |
| 	   */
 | |
| 	  GdkRegion *invalidate = gdk_region_rectangle (&widget->allocation);
 | |
| 	  gdk_region_union_with_rect (invalidate, &old_allocation);
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	  gdk_window_invalidate_region (widget->window, invalidate, FALSE);
 | |
| 	  gdk_region_destroy (invalidate);
 | |
| 	}
 | |
|       
 | |
|       if (size_changed)
 | |
| 	{
 | |
| 	  if (GTK_WIDGET_REDRAW_ON_ALLOC (widget))
 | |
| 	    {
 | |
| 	      /* Invalidate union(old_allaction,widget->allocation) in widget->window and descendents owned by widget
 | |
| 	       */
 | |
| 	      GdkRegion *invalidate = gdk_region_rectangle (&widget->allocation);
 | |
| 	      gdk_region_union_with_rect (invalidate, &old_allocation);
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	      gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (widget, invalidate);
 | |
| 	      gdk_region_destroy (invalidate);
 | |
| 	    }
 | |
| 	}
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if ((size_changed || position_changed) && widget->parent &&
 | |
|       GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget->parent) && GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent)->reallocate_redraws)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       GdkRegion *invalidate = gdk_region_rectangle (&widget->parent->allocation);
 | |
|       gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (widget->parent, invalidate);
 | |
|       gdk_region_destroy (invalidate);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_common_ancestor:
 | |
|  * @widget_a: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @widget_b: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Find the common ancestor of @widget_a and @widget_b that
 | |
|  * is closest to the two widgets.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Return value: the closest common ancestor of @widget_a and
 | |
|  *   @widget_b or %NULL if @widget_a and @widget_b do not
 | |
|  *   share a common ancestor.
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| static GtkWidget *
 | |
| gtk_widget_common_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget_a,
 | |
| 			    GtkWidget *widget_b)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GtkWidget *parent_a;
 | |
|   GtkWidget *parent_b;
 | |
|   gint depth_a = 0;
 | |
|   gint depth_b = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   parent_a = widget_a;
 | |
|   while (parent_a->parent)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       parent_a = parent_a->parent;
 | |
|       depth_a++;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   parent_b = widget_b;
 | |
|   while (parent_b->parent)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       parent_b = parent_b->parent;
 | |
|       depth_b++;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (parent_a != parent_b)
 | |
|     return NULL;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   while (depth_a > depth_b)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       widget_a = widget_a->parent;
 | |
|       depth_a--;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   while (depth_b > depth_a)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       widget_b = widget_b->parent;
 | |
|       depth_b--;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   while (widget_a != widget_b)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       widget_a = widget_a->parent;
 | |
|       widget_b = widget_b->parent;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return widget_a;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_translate_coordinates:
 | |
|  * @src_widget:  a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @dest_widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @src_x: X position relative to @src_widget
 | |
|  * @src_y: Y position relative to @src_widget
 | |
|  * @dest_x: location to store X position relative to @dest_widget
 | |
|  * @dest_y: location to store Y position relative to @dest_widget
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Translate coordinates relative to @src_widget's allocation to coordinates
 | |
|  * relative to @dest_widget's allocations. In order to perform this
 | |
|  * operation, both widgets must be realized, and must share a common
 | |
|  * toplevel.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Return value: %FALSE if either widget was not realized, or there
 | |
|  *   was no common ancestor. In this case, nothing is stored in
 | |
|  *   *@dest_x and *@dest_y. Otherwise %TRUE.
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| gboolean
 | |
| gtk_widget_translate_coordinates (GtkWidget  *src_widget,
 | |
| 				  GtkWidget  *dest_widget,
 | |
| 				  gint        src_x,
 | |
| 				  gint        src_y,
 | |
| 				  gint       *dest_x,
 | |
| 				  gint       *dest_y)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GtkWidget *ancestor;
 | |
|   GdkWindow *window;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (src_widget), FALSE);
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (dest_widget), FALSE);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   ancestor = gtk_widget_common_ancestor (src_widget, dest_widget);
 | |
|   if (!ancestor || !GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (src_widget) || !GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (dest_widget))
 | |
|     return FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Translate from allocation relative to window relative */
 | |
|   if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (src_widget) && src_widget->parent)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       gint wx, wy;
 | |
|       gdk_window_get_position (src_widget->window, &wx, &wy);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       src_x -= wx - src_widget->allocation.x;
 | |
|       src_y -= wy - src_widget->allocation.y;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       src_x += src_widget->allocation.x;
 | |
|       src_y += src_widget->allocation.y;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Translate to the common ancestor */
 | |
|   window = src_widget->window;
 | |
|   while (window != ancestor->window)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       gint dx, dy;
 | |
|       
 | |
|       gdk_window_get_position (window, &dx, &dy);
 | |
|       
 | |
|       src_x += dx;
 | |
|       src_y += dy;
 | |
|       
 | |
|       window = gdk_window_get_parent (window);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* And back */
 | |
|   window = dest_widget->window;
 | |
|   while (window != ancestor->window)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       gint dx, dy;
 | |
|       
 | |
|       gdk_window_get_position (window, &dx, &dy);
 | |
|       
 | |
|       src_x -= dx;
 | |
|       src_y -= dy;
 | |
|       
 | |
|       window = gdk_window_get_parent (window);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Translate from window relative to allocation relative */
 | |
|   if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (dest_widget) && dest_widget->parent)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       gint wx, wy;
 | |
|       gdk_window_get_position (dest_widget->window, &wx, &wy);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       src_x += wx - dest_widget->allocation.x;
 | |
|       src_y += wy - dest_widget->allocation.y;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       src_x -= dest_widget->allocation.x;
 | |
|       src_y -= dest_widget->allocation.y;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (dest_x)
 | |
|     *dest_x = src_x;
 | |
|   if (dest_y)
 | |
|     *dest_y = src_y;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return TRUE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gtk_widget_real_size_allocate (GtkWidget     *widget,
 | |
| 			       GtkAllocation *allocation)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   widget->allocation = *allocation;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget) &&
 | |
|       !GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
 | |
|      {
 | |
| 	gdk_window_move_resize (widget->window,
 | |
| 				allocation->x, allocation->y,
 | |
| 				allocation->width, allocation->height);
 | |
|      }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| typedef struct {
 | |
|   GClosure   closure;
 | |
|   guint      signal_id;
 | |
| } AccelClosure;
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| closure_accel_activate (GClosure     *closure,
 | |
| 			GValue       *return_value,
 | |
| 			guint         n_param_values,
 | |
| 			const GValue *param_values,
 | |
| 			gpointer      invocation_hint,
 | |
| 			gpointer      marshal_data)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   AccelClosure *aclosure = (AccelClosure*) closure;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (closure->data))
 | |
|     g_signal_emit (closure->data, aclosure->signal_id, 0);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* we handled the accelerator */
 | |
|   g_value_set_boolean (return_value, TRUE);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| closures_destroy (gpointer data)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GSList *slist, *closures = data;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   for (slist = closures; slist; slist = slist->next)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       g_closure_invalidate (slist->data);
 | |
|       g_closure_unref (slist->data);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   g_slist_free (closures);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static GClosure*
 | |
| widget_new_accel_closure (GtkWidget *widget,
 | |
| 			  guint      signal_id)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   AccelClosure *aclosure;
 | |
|   GClosure *closure = NULL;
 | |
|   GSList *slist, *closures;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   closures = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures);
 | |
|   for (slist = closures; slist; slist = slist->next)
 | |
|     if (!gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure (slist->data))
 | |
|       {
 | |
| 	/* reuse this closure */
 | |
| 	closure = slist->data;
 | |
| 	break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|   if (!closure)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       closure = g_closure_new_object (sizeof (AccelClosure), G_OBJECT (widget));
 | |
|       closures = g_slist_prepend (closures, g_closure_ref (closure));
 | |
|       g_closure_sink (closure);
 | |
|       g_closure_set_marshal (closure, closure_accel_activate);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures, closures, closures_destroy);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   aclosure = (AccelClosure*) closure;
 | |
|   g_assert (closure->data == widget);
 | |
|   g_assert (closure->marshal == closure_accel_activate);
 | |
|   aclosure->signal_id = signal_id;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return closure;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_add_accelerator
 | |
|  * @widget:       widget to install an accelerator on
 | |
|  * @accel_signal: widget signal to emit on accelerator activation
 | |
|  * @accel_group:  accel group for this widget, added to its toplevel
 | |
|  * @accel_key:    GDK keyval of the accelerator
 | |
|  * @accel_mods:   modifier key combination of the accelerator
 | |
|  * @accel_flags:  flag accelerators, e.g. %GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Installs an accelerator for this @widget in @accel_group that causes
 | |
|  * @accel_signal to be emitted if the accelerator is activated.
 | |
|  * The @accel_group needs to be added to the widget's toplevel via
 | |
|  * gtk_window_add_accel_group(), and the signal must be of type %G_RUN_ACTION.
 | |
|  * Accelerators added through this function are not user changeable during
 | |
|  * runtime. If you want to support accelerators that can be changed by the
 | |
|  * user, use gtk_accel_map_add_entry() and gtk_widget_set_accel_path() or
 | |
|  * gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() instead.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_add_accelerator (GtkWidget      *widget,
 | |
| 			    const gchar    *accel_signal,
 | |
| 			    GtkAccelGroup  *accel_group,
 | |
| 			    guint           accel_key,
 | |
| 			    GdkModifierType accel_mods,
 | |
| 			    GtkAccelFlags   accel_flags)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GClosure *closure;
 | |
|   GSignalQuery query;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (accel_signal != NULL);
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_signal_query (g_signal_lookup (accel_signal, G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget)), &query);
 | |
|   if (!query.signal_id ||
 | |
|       !(query.signal_flags & G_SIGNAL_ACTION) ||
 | |
|       query.return_type != G_TYPE_NONE ||
 | |
|       query.n_params)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       /* hmm, should be elaborate enough */
 | |
|       g_warning (G_STRLOC ": widget `%s' has no activatable signal \"%s\" without arguments",
 | |
| 		 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), accel_signal);
 | |
|       return;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   closure = widget_new_accel_closure (widget, query.signal_id);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_object_ref (widget);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* install the accelerator. since we don't map this onto an accel_path,
 | |
|    * the accelerator will automatically be locked.
 | |
|    */
 | |
|   gtk_accel_group_connect (accel_group,
 | |
| 			   accel_key,
 | |
| 			   accel_mods,
 | |
| 			   accel_flags | GTK_ACCEL_LOCKED,
 | |
| 			   closure);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_object_unref (widget);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_remove_accelerator:
 | |
|  * @widget:       widget to install an accelerator on
 | |
|  * @accel_group:  accel group for this widget
 | |
|  * @accel_key:    GDK keyval of the accelerator
 | |
|  * @accel_mods:   modifier key combination of the accelerator
 | |
|  * @returns:      whether an accelerator was installed and could be removed
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Removes an accelerator from @widget, previously installed with
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_add_accelerator().
 | |
|  */
 | |
| gboolean
 | |
| gtk_widget_remove_accelerator (GtkWidget      *widget,
 | |
| 			       GtkAccelGroup  *accel_group,
 | |
| 			       guint           accel_key,
 | |
| 			       GdkModifierType accel_mods)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GtkAccelGroupEntry *ag_entry;
 | |
|   GList *slist, *clist;
 | |
|   guint n;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group), FALSE);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   ag_entry = gtk_accel_group_query (accel_group, accel_key, accel_mods, &n);
 | |
|   clist = gtk_widget_list_accel_closures (widget);
 | |
|   for (slist = clist; slist; slist = slist->next)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       guint i;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
 | |
| 	if (slist->data == (gpointer) ag_entry[i].closure)
 | |
| 	  {
 | |
| 	    gboolean is_removed = gtk_accel_group_disconnect (accel_group, slist->data);
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	    g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	    g_list_free (clist);
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	    return is_removed;
 | |
| 	  }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   g_list_free (clist);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_warning (G_STRLOC ": no accelerator (%u,%u) installed in accel group (%p) for %s (%p)",
 | |
| 	     accel_key, accel_mods, accel_group,
 | |
| 	     G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return FALSE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_list_accel_closures
 | |
|  * @widget:  widget to list accelerator closures for
 | |
|  * @returns: a newly allocated #GList of closures
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Lists the closures used by @widget for accelerator group connections
 | |
|  * with gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path() or gtk_accel_group_connect().
 | |
|  * The closures can be used to monitor accelerator changes on @widget,
 | |
|  * by connecting to the ::accel_changed signal of the #GtkAccelGroup of a 
 | |
|  * closure which can be found out with gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure().
 | |
|  */
 | |
| GList*
 | |
| gtk_widget_list_accel_closures (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GSList *slist;
 | |
|   GList *clist = NULL;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   for (slist = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures); slist; slist = slist->next)
 | |
|     if (gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure (slist->data))
 | |
|       clist = g_list_prepend (clist, slist->data);
 | |
|   return clist;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| typedef struct {
 | |
|   GQuark         path_quark;
 | |
|   GtkWidget     *widget;
 | |
|   GtkAccelGroup *accel_group;
 | |
|   GClosure      *closure;
 | |
| } AccelPath;
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| destroy_accel_path (gpointer data)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   AccelPath *apath = data;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   gtk_accel_group_disconnect (apath->accel_group, apath->closure);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* closures_destroy takes care of unrefing the closure */
 | |
|   g_object_unref (apath->accel_group);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   g_free (apath);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_set_accel_path:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @accel_path: path used to look up the the accelerator
 | |
|  * @accel_group: a #GtkAccelGroup.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Given an accelerator group, @accel_group, and an accelerator path,
 | |
|  * @accel_path, sets up an accelerator in @accel_group so whenever the
 | |
|  * key binding that is defined for @accel_path is pressed, @widget
 | |
|  * will be activated.  This removes any accelerators (for any
 | |
|  * accelerator group) installed by previous calls to
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_set_accel_path(). Associating accelerators with
 | |
|  * paths allows them to be modified by the user and the modifications
 | |
|  * to be saved for future use. (See gtk_accel_map_save().)
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function is a low level function that would most likely
 | |
|  * be used by a menu creation system like #GtkItemFactory. If you
 | |
|  * use #GtkItemFactory, setting up accelerator paths will be done
 | |
|  * automatically.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Even when you you aren't using #GtkItemFactory, if you only want to
 | |
|  * set up accelerators on menu items gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path()
 | |
|  * provides a somewhat more convenient interface.
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_set_accel_path (GtkWidget     *widget,
 | |
| 			   const gchar   *accel_path,
 | |
| 			   GtkAccelGroup *accel_group)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   AccelPath *apath;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal != 0);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (accel_path)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group));
 | |
|       g_return_if_fail (_gtk_accel_path_is_valid (accel_path));
 | |
| 
 | |
|       gtk_accel_map_add_entry (accel_path, 0, 0);
 | |
|       apath = g_new (AccelPath, 1);
 | |
|       apath->widget = widget;
 | |
|       apath->accel_group = g_object_ref (accel_group);
 | |
|       apath->path_quark = g_quark_from_string (accel_path);
 | |
|       apath->closure = widget_new_accel_closure (apath->widget, GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (apath->widget)->activate_signal);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     apath = NULL;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* also removes possible old settings */
 | |
|   g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path, apath, destroy_accel_path);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (apath)
 | |
|     gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path (apath->accel_group, g_quark_to_string (apath->path_quark), apath->closure);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| const gchar*
 | |
| _gtk_widget_get_accel_path (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   AccelPath *apath;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   apath = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path);
 | |
|   return apath ? g_quark_to_string (apath->path_quark) : NULL;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| gboolean
 | |
| gtk_widget_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
 | |
|                               gboolean   group_cycling)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   gboolean handled;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   group_cycling = group_cycling != FALSE;
 | |
|   if (!GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget))
 | |
|     handled = TRUE;
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     gtk_signal_emit (GTK_OBJECT (widget),
 | |
| 		     widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE],
 | |
| 		     group_cycling,
 | |
| 		     &handled);
 | |
|   return handled;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static gboolean
 | |
| gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
 | |
|                                    gboolean   group_cycling)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (!group_cycling && GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal)
 | |
|     gtk_widget_activate (widget);
 | |
|   else if (GTK_WIDGET_CAN_FOCUS (widget))
 | |
|     gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       g_warning ("widget `%s' isn't suitable for mnemonic activation",
 | |
| 		 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
 | |
|       gdk_beep ();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   return TRUE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static gboolean
 | |
| gtk_widget_real_key_press_event (GtkWidget         *widget,
 | |
| 				 GdkEventKey       *event)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return _gtk_bindings_activate_event (GTK_OBJECT (widget), event);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static gboolean
 | |
| gtk_widget_real_key_release_event (GtkWidget         *widget,
 | |
| 				   GdkEventKey       *event)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return _gtk_bindings_activate_event (GTK_OBJECT (widget), event);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static gboolean
 | |
| gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event (GtkWidget     *widget,
 | |
|                                 GdkEventFocus *event)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return FALSE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static gboolean
 | |
| gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event (GtkWidget     *widget,
 | |
|                                  GdkEventFocus *event)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return FALSE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT(widget, event) \
 | |
|      (event->type == GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE || GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED(widget))
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_event:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @event: a #GdkEvent
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
 | |
|  * the event signals on a widget (those signals should never
 | |
|  * be emitted without using this function to do so).
 | |
|  * If you want to synthesize an event though, don't use this function;
 | |
|  * instead, use gtk_main_do_event() so the event will behave as if
 | |
|  * it were in the event queue. Don't synthesize expose events; instead,
 | |
|  * use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() to invalidate a region of the
 | |
|  * window.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Return value: return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if the event was handled)
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| gboolean
 | |
| gtk_widget_event (GtkWidget *widget,
 | |
| 		  GdkEvent  *event)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event), TRUE);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (event->type == GDK_EXPOSE)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       g_warning ("Events of type GDK_EXPOSE cannot be synthesized. To get "
 | |
| 		 "the same effect, call gdk_window_invalidate_rect/region(), "
 | |
| 		 "followed by gdk_window_process_updates().");
 | |
|       return TRUE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   
 | |
|   return gtk_widget_event_internal (widget, event);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_send_expose:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @event: a expose #GdkEvent
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Very rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
 | |
|  * an expose event signals on a widget. This function is not
 | |
|  * normally used directly. The only time it is used is when
 | |
|  * propagating an expose event to a child %NO_WINDOW widget, and
 | |
|  * that is normally done using gtk_container_propagate_expose().
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If you want to force an area of a window to be redrawn, 
 | |
|  * use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() or gdk_window_invalidate_region().
 | |
|  * To cause the redraw to be done immediately, follow that call
 | |
|  * with a call to gdk_window_process_updates().
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Return value: return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if the event was handled)
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| gint
 | |
| gtk_widget_send_expose (GtkWidget *widget,
 | |
| 			GdkEvent  *event)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget), TRUE);
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (event != NULL, TRUE);
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (event->type == GDK_EXPOSE, TRUE);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (event->type != GDK_EXPOSE)
 | |
|     return TRUE;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   return gtk_widget_event_internal (widget, event);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static gint
 | |
| gtk_widget_event_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
 | |
| 			   GdkEvent  *event)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   gboolean return_val = FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   gtk_widget_ref (widget);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   gtk_signal_emit (GTK_OBJECT (widget), widget_signals[EVENT], event, &return_val);
 | |
|   return_val |= !WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event);
 | |
|   if (!return_val)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       gint signal_num;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       switch (event->type)
 | |
| 	{
 | |
| 	case GDK_NOTHING:
 | |
| 	  signal_num = -1;
 | |
| 	  break;
 | |
| 	case GDK_BUTTON_PRESS:
 | |
| 	case GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS:
 | |
| 	case GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS:
 | |
| 	  signal_num = BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT;
 | |
| 	  break;
 | |
| 	case GDK_SCROLL:
 | |
| 	  signal_num = SCROLL_EVENT;
 | |
| 	  break;
 | |
| 	case GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE:
 | |
| 	  signal_num = BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT;
 | |
| 	  break;
 | |
| 	case GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY:
 | |
| 	  signal_num = MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT;
 | |
| 	  break;
 | |
| 	case GDK_DELETE:
 | |
| 	  signal_num = DELETE_EVENT;
 | |
| 	  break;
 | |
| 	case GDK_DESTROY:
 | |
| 	  signal_num = DESTROY_EVENT;
 | |
| 	  break;
 | |
| 	case GDK_KEY_PRESS:
 | |
| 	  signal_num = KEY_PRESS_EVENT;
 | |
| 	  break;
 | |
| 	case GDK_KEY_RELEASE:
 | |
| 	  signal_num = KEY_RELEASE_EVENT;
 | |
| 	  break;
 | |
| 	case GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY:
 | |
| 	  signal_num = ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT;
 | |
| 	  break;
 | |
| 	case GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY:
 | |
| 	  signal_num = LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT;
 | |
| 	  break;
 | |
| 	case GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE:
 | |
| 	  signal_num = event->focus_change.in ? FOCUS_IN_EVENT : FOCUS_OUT_EVENT;
 | |
| 	  break;
 | |
| 	case GDK_CONFIGURE:
 | |
| 	  signal_num = CONFIGURE_EVENT;
 | |
| 	  break;
 | |
| 	case GDK_MAP:
 | |
| 	  signal_num = MAP_EVENT;
 | |
| 	  break;
 | |
| 	case GDK_UNMAP:
 | |
| 	  signal_num = UNMAP_EVENT;
 | |
| 	  break;
 | |
| 	case GDK_WINDOW_STATE:
 | |
| 	  signal_num = WINDOW_STATE_EVENT;
 | |
| 	  break;
 | |
| 	case GDK_PROPERTY_NOTIFY:
 | |
| 	  signal_num = PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT;
 | |
| 	  break;
 | |
| 	case GDK_SELECTION_CLEAR:
 | |
| 	  signal_num = SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT;
 | |
| 	  break;
 | |
| 	case GDK_SELECTION_REQUEST:
 | |
| 	  signal_num = SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT;
 | |
| 	  break;
 | |
| 	case GDK_SELECTION_NOTIFY:
 | |
| 	  signal_num = SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT;
 | |
| 	  break;
 | |
| 	case GDK_PROXIMITY_IN:
 | |
| 	  signal_num = PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT;
 | |
| 	  break;
 | |
| 	case GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT:
 | |
| 	  signal_num = PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT;
 | |
| 	  break;
 | |
| 	case GDK_NO_EXPOSE:
 | |
| 	  signal_num = NO_EXPOSE_EVENT;
 | |
| 	  break;
 | |
| 	case GDK_CLIENT_EVENT:
 | |
| 	  signal_num = CLIENT_EVENT;
 | |
| 	  break;
 | |
| 	case GDK_EXPOSE:
 | |
| 	  signal_num = EXPOSE_EVENT;
 | |
| 	  break;
 | |
| 	case GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY:
 | |
| 	  signal_num = VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT;
 | |
| 	  break;
 | |
| 	default:
 | |
| 	  g_warning ("gtk_widget_event(): unhandled event type: %d", event->type);
 | |
| 	  signal_num = -1;
 | |
| 	  break;
 | |
| 	}
 | |
|       if (signal_num != -1)
 | |
| 	gtk_signal_emit (GTK_OBJECT (widget), widget_signals[signal_num], event, &return_val);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   if (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event))
 | |
|     gtk_signal_emit (GTK_OBJECT (widget), widget_signals[EVENT_AFTER], event);
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     return_val = TRUE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   gtk_widget_unref (widget);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return return_val;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_activate:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget that's activatable
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * For widgets that can be "activated" (buttons, menu items, etc.)
 | |
|  * this function activates them. Activation is what happens when you
 | |
|  * press Enter on a widget during key navigation; clicking a button,
 | |
|  * selecting a menu item, etc. If @widget isn't activatable,
 | |
|  * the function returns %FALSE.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Return value: %TRUE if the widget was activatable
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| gboolean
 | |
| gtk_widget_activate (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       /* FIXME: we should eventually check the signals signature here */
 | |
|       gtk_signal_emit (GTK_OBJECT (widget), WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       return TRUE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     return FALSE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_set_scroll_adjustments:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @hadjustment: an adjustment for horizontal scrolling, or %NULL
 | |
|  * @vadjustment: an adjustment for vertical scrolling, or %NULL
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * For widgets that support scrolling, sets the scroll adjustments and
 | |
|  * returns %TRUE.  For widgets that don't support scrolling, does
 | |
|  * nothing and returns %FALSE. Widgets that don't support scrolling
 | |
|  * can be scrolled by placing them in a #GtkViewport, which does
 | |
|  * support scrolling.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Return value: %TRUE if the widget supports scrolling
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| gboolean
 | |
| gtk_widget_set_scroll_adjustments (GtkWidget     *widget,
 | |
| 				   GtkAdjustment *hadjustment,
 | |
| 				   GtkAdjustment *vadjustment)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
 | |
|   if (hadjustment)
 | |
|     g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_ADJUSTMENT (hadjustment), FALSE);
 | |
|   if (vadjustment)
 | |
|     g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_ADJUSTMENT (vadjustment), FALSE);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->set_scroll_adjustments_signal)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       /* FIXME: we should eventually check the signals signature here */
 | |
|       gtk_signal_emit (GTK_OBJECT (widget),
 | |
| 		       WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->set_scroll_adjustments_signal,
 | |
| 		       hadjustment, vadjustment);
 | |
|       return TRUE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     return FALSE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gtk_widget_reparent_subwindows (GtkWidget *widget,
 | |
| 				GdkWindow *new_window)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       GList *children = gdk_window_get_children (widget->window);
 | |
|       GList *tmp_list;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       for (tmp_list = children; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next)
 | |
| 	{
 | |
| 	  GtkWidget *child;
 | |
| 	  GdkWindow *window = tmp_list->data;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	  gdk_window_get_user_data (window, (void **)&child);
 | |
| 	  while (child && child != widget)
 | |
| 	    child = child->parent;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	  if (child)
 | |
| 	    gdk_window_reparent (window, new_window, 0, 0);
 | |
| 	}
 | |
| 
 | |
|       g_list_free (children);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     gdk_window_reparent (widget->window, new_window, 0, 0);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child (GtkWidget *widget,
 | |
| 				 gpointer   client_data)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (client_data != NULL);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       if (widget->window)
 | |
|         gdk_window_unref (widget->window);
 | |
|       widget->window = (GdkWindow*) client_data;
 | |
|       if (widget->window)
 | |
|         gdk_window_ref (widget->window);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
 | |
|         gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
 | |
|                               gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child,
 | |
|                               client_data);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_reparent:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @new_parent: a #GtkContainer to move the widget into
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Moves a widget from one #GtkContainer to another, handling reference
 | |
|  * count issues to avoid destroying the widget.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_reparent (GtkWidget *widget,
 | |
| 		     GtkWidget *new_parent)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (new_parent));
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (widget->parent != NULL);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (widget->parent != new_parent)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       /* First try to see if we can get away without unrealizing
 | |
|        * the widget as we reparent it. if so we set a flag so
 | |
|        * that gtk_widget_unparent doesn't unrealize widget
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget) && GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (new_parent))
 | |
| 	GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_IN_REPARENT);
 | |
|       
 | |
|       gtk_widget_ref (widget);
 | |
|       gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent), widget);
 | |
|       gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (new_parent), widget);
 | |
|       gtk_widget_unref (widget);
 | |
|       
 | |
|       if (GTK_WIDGET_IN_REPARENT (widget))
 | |
| 	{
 | |
| 	  GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_IN_REPARENT);
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	  gtk_widget_reparent_subwindows (widget, gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget));
 | |
| 	  gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child (widget,
 | |
| 					   gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget));
 | |
| 	}
 | |
| 
 | |
|       g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
 | |
|     }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_intersect:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @area: a rectangle
 | |
|  * @intersection: rectangle to store intersection of @widget and @area
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Computes the intersection of a @widget's area and @area, storing
 | |
|  * the intersection in @intersection, and returns %TRUE if there was
 | |
|  * an intersection.  @intersection may be %NULL if you're only
 | |
|  * interested in whether there was an intersection.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Return value: %TRUE if there was an intersection
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| gboolean
 | |
| gtk_widget_intersect (GtkWidget	   *widget,
 | |
| 		      GdkRectangle *area,
 | |
| 		      GdkRectangle *intersection)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GdkRectangle *dest;
 | |
|   GdkRectangle tmp;
 | |
|   gint return_val;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (area != NULL, FALSE);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (intersection)
 | |
|     dest = intersection;
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     dest = &tmp;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   return_val = gdk_rectangle_intersect (&widget->allocation, area, dest);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (return_val && intersection && !GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       intersection->x -= widget->allocation.x;
 | |
|       intersection->y -= widget->allocation.y;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   
 | |
|   return return_val;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_region_intersect:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @region: a #GdkRegion, in the same coordinate system as 
 | |
|  *          @widget->allocation. That is, relative to @widget->window
 | |
|  *          for %NO_WINDOW widgets; relative to the parent window
 | |
|  *          of @widget->window for widgets with their own window.
 | |
|  * @returns: A newly allocated region holding the intersection of @widget
 | |
|  *           and @region. The coordinates of the return value are
 | |
|  *           relative to @widget->window for %NO_WINDOW widgets, and
 | |
|  *           relative to the parent window of @widget->window for
 | |
|  *           widgets with their own window.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Computes the intersection of a @widget's area and @region, returning
 | |
|  * the intersection. The result may be empty, use gdk_region_empty() to
 | |
|  * check.
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| GdkRegion *
 | |
| gtk_widget_region_intersect (GtkWidget *widget,
 | |
| 			     GdkRegion *region)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GdkRegion *dest;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (region != NULL, NULL);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   dest = gdk_region_rectangle (&widget->allocation);
 | |
|  
 | |
|   gdk_region_intersect (dest, region);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return dest;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_grab_focus:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Causes @widget to have the keyboard focus for the #GtkWindow it's
 | |
|  * inside. @widget must be a focusable widget, such as a #GtkEntry;
 | |
|  * something like #GtkFrame won't work. (More precisely, it must have the
 | |
|  * %GTK_CAN_FOCUS flag set.)
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_grab_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget))
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   g_object_ref (G_OBJECT (widget));
 | |
|   gtk_signal_emit (GTK_OBJECT (widget), widget_signals[GRAB_FOCUS]);
 | |
|   g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "has_focus");
 | |
|   g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (widget));
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| reset_focus_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
 | |
| 		     gpointer   data)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       GtkContainer *container;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       container = GTK_CONTAINER (widget);
 | |
|       gtk_container_set_focus_child (container, NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       gtk_container_foreach (container,
 | |
| 			     reset_focus_recurse,
 | |
| 			     NULL);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gtk_widget_real_grab_focus (GtkWidget *focus_widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (GTK_WIDGET_CAN_FOCUS (focus_widget))
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       GtkWidget *toplevel;
 | |
|       GtkWidget *widget;
 | |
|       
 | |
|       /* clear the current focus setting, break if the current widget
 | |
|        * is the focus widget's parent, since containers above that will
 | |
|        * be set by the next loop.
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (focus_widget);
 | |
|       if (GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (toplevel))
 | |
| 	{
 | |
| 	  widget = GTK_WINDOW (toplevel)->focus_widget;
 | |
| 	  
 | |
| 	  if (widget == focus_widget)
 | |
| 	    {
 | |
| 	      /* We call _gtk_window_internal_set_focus() here so that the
 | |
| 	       * toplevel window can request the focus if necessary.
 | |
| 	       * This is needed when the toplevel is a GtkPlug
 | |
| 	       */
 | |
| 	      if (!GTK_WIDGET_HAS_FOCUS (widget))
 | |
| 		_gtk_window_internal_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), focus_widget);
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	      return;
 | |
| 	    }
 | |
| 	  
 | |
| 	  if (widget)
 | |
| 	    {
 | |
| 	      while (widget->parent && widget->parent != focus_widget->parent)
 | |
| 		{
 | |
| 		  widget = widget->parent;
 | |
| 		  gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), NULL);
 | |
| 		}
 | |
| 	    }
 | |
| 	}
 | |
|       else if (toplevel != focus_widget)
 | |
| 	{
 | |
| 	  /* gtk_widget_grab_focus() operates on a tree without window...
 | |
| 	   * actually, this is very questionable behaviour.
 | |
| 	   */
 | |
| 	  
 | |
| 	  gtk_container_foreach (GTK_CONTAINER (toplevel),
 | |
| 				 reset_focus_recurse,
 | |
| 				 NULL);
 | |
| 	}
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* now propagate the new focus up the widget tree and finally
 | |
|        * set it on the window
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       widget = focus_widget;
 | |
|       while (widget->parent)
 | |
| 	{
 | |
| 	  gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent), widget);
 | |
| 	  widget = widget->parent;
 | |
| 	}
 | |
|       if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget))
 | |
| 	_gtk_window_internal_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (widget), focus_widget);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static gboolean
 | |
| gtk_widget_real_show_help (GtkWidget        *widget,
 | |
|                            GtkWidgetHelpType help_type)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (help_type == GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       _gtk_tooltips_toggle_keyboard_mode (widget);
 | |
|       return TRUE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     return FALSE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static gboolean
 | |
| gtk_widget_real_focus (GtkWidget         *widget,
 | |
|                        GtkDirectionType   direction)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (!GTK_WIDGET_CAN_FOCUS (widget))
 | |
|     return FALSE;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (!gtk_widget_is_focus (widget))
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
 | |
|       return TRUE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     return FALSE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_is_focus:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Determines if the widget is the focus widget within its
 | |
|  * toplevel. (This does not mean that the %HAS_FOCUS flag is
 | |
|  * necessarily set; %HAS_FOCUS will only be set if the
 | |
|  * toplevel widget additionally has the global input focus.)
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is the focus widget.
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| gboolean
 | |
| gtk_widget_is_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GtkWidget *toplevel;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
 | |
|     return widget == GTK_WINDOW (toplevel)->focus_widget;
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     return FALSE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_grab_default:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Causes @widget to become the default widget. @widget must have the
 | |
|  * %GTK_CAN_DEFAULT flag set; typically you have to set this flag
 | |
|  * yourself by calling <literal>GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (@widget,
 | |
|  * GTK_CAN_DEFAULT)</literal>.  The default widget is activated when the user
 | |
|  * presses Enter in a window.  Default widgets must be activatable,
 | |
|  * that is, gtk_widget_activate() should affect them.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_grab_default (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GtkWidget *window;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_CAN_DEFAULT (widget));
 | |
|   
 | |
|   window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (window && GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (window))
 | |
|     {
 | |
|        gtk_window_set_default (GTK_WINDOW (window), widget);
 | |
|        g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "has_default");
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     g_warning (G_STRLOC ": widget not within a GtkWindow");
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_set_name:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @name: name for the widget
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Widgets can be named, which allows you to refer to them from a
 | |
|  * gtkrc file. You can apply a style to widgets with a particular name
 | |
|  * in the gtkrc file. See the documentation for gtkrc files (on the
 | |
|  * same page as the docs for #GtkRcStyle).
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_set_name (GtkWidget	 *widget,
 | |
| 		     const gchar *name)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (widget->name)
 | |
|     g_free (widget->name);
 | |
|   widget->name = g_strdup (name);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (GTK_WIDGET_RC_STYLE (widget))
 | |
|     gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (widget);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "name");
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_get_name:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Retrieves the name of a widget. The return value should not be
 | |
|  * freed. See gtk_widget_set_name() for the significance of widget
 | |
|  * names.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Return value: name of the widget
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| G_CONST_RETURN gchar*
 | |
| gtk_widget_get_name (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (widget->name)
 | |
|     return widget->name;
 | |
|   return gtk_type_name (GTK_WIDGET_TYPE (widget));
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_set_state:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @state: new state for @widget
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function is for use in widget implementations. Sets the state
 | |
|  * of a widget (insensitive, prelighted, etc.) Usually you should set
 | |
|  * the state using wrapper functions such as gtk_widget_set_sensitive().
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_set_state (GtkWidget           *widget,
 | |
| 		      GtkStateType         state)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (state == GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget))
 | |
|     return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (state == GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE)
 | |
|     gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, FALSE);
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       GtkStateData data;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       data.state = state;
 | |
|       data.state_restoration = FALSE;
 | |
|       data.use_forall = FALSE;
 | |
|       if (widget->parent)
 | |
| 	data.parent_sensitive = (GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget->parent) != FALSE);
 | |
|       else
 | |
| 	data.parent_sensitive = TRUE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
 | |
|   
 | |
|       if (GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE (widget))
 | |
| 	gtk_widget_queue_clear (widget);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_set_app_paintable (GtkWidget *widget,
 | |
| 			      gboolean   app_paintable)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   app_paintable = (app_paintable != FALSE);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (GTK_WIDGET_APP_PAINTABLE (widget) != app_paintable)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       if (app_paintable)
 | |
| 	GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_APP_PAINTABLE);
 | |
|       else
 | |
| 	GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_APP_PAINTABLE);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE (widget))
 | |
| 	gtk_widget_queue_clear (widget);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "app_paintable");
 | |
|     }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_set_double_buffered:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @double_buffered: %TRUE to double-buffer a widget
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Widgets are double buffered by default; you can use this function
 | |
|  * to turn off the buffering. "Double buffered" simply means that
 | |
|  * gdk_window_begin_paint_region() and gdk_window_end_paint() are called
 | |
|  * automatically around expose events sent to the
 | |
|  * widget. gdk_window_begin_paint() diverts all drawing to a widget's
 | |
|  * window to an offscreen buffer, and gdk_window_end_paint() draws the
 | |
|  * buffer to the screen. The result is that users see the window
 | |
|  * update in one smooth step, and don't see individual graphics
 | |
|  * primitives being rendered.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * In very simple terms, double buffered widgets don't flicker,
 | |
|  * so you would only use this function to turn off double buffering
 | |
|  * if you had special needs and really knew what you were doing.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_set_double_buffered (GtkWidget *widget,
 | |
| 				gboolean   double_buffered)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (double_buffered)
 | |
|     GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_DOUBLE_BUFFERED);
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_DOUBLE_BUFFERED);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_set_redraw_on_allocate:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @redraw_on_allocate: if %TRUE, the entire widget will be redrawn
 | |
|  *   when it is allocated to a new size. Otherwise, only the
 | |
|  *   new portion of the widget will be redrawn.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Sets whether a when a widgets size allocation changes, the entire
 | |
|  * widget is queued for drawing. By default, this setting is %TRUE and
 | |
|  * the entire widget is redrawn on every size change. If your widget
 | |
|  * leaves the upper left are unchanged when made bigger, turning this
 | |
|  * setting on will improve performance.
 | |
| 
 | |
|  * Note that for %NO_WINDOW widgets setting this flag to %FALSE turns
 | |
|  * off all allocation on resizing: the widget will not even redraw if
 | |
|  * its position changes; this is to allow containers that don't draw
 | |
|  * anything to avoid excess invalidations. If you set this flag on a
 | |
|  * %NO_WINDOW widget that <emphasis>does</emphasis> draw on @widget->window, 
 | |
|  * you are responsible for invalidating both the old and new allocation 
 | |
|  * of the widget when the widget is moved and responsible for invalidating
 | |
|  * regions newly when the widget increases size.
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_set_redraw_on_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
 | |
| 				   gboolean   redraw_on_allocate)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (redraw_on_allocate)
 | |
|     GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_REDRAW_ON_ALLOC);
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_REDRAW_ON_ALLOC);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_set_sensitive:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @sensitive: %TRUE to make the widget sensitive
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Sets the sensitivity of a widget. A widget is sensitive if the user
 | |
|  * can interact with it. Insensitive widgets are "grayed out" and the
 | |
|  * user can't interact with them. Insensitive widgets are known as
 | |
|  * "inactive", "disabled", or "ghosted" in some other toolkits.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_set_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget,
 | |
| 			  gboolean   sensitive)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GtkStateData data;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   sensitive = (sensitive != FALSE);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (sensitive == (GTK_WIDGET_SENSITIVE (widget) != FALSE))
 | |
|     return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (sensitive)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_SENSITIVE);
 | |
|       data.state = GTK_WIDGET_SAVED_STATE (widget);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_SENSITIVE);
 | |
|       data.state = GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   data.state_restoration = TRUE;
 | |
|   data.use_forall = TRUE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (widget->parent)
 | |
|     data.parent_sensitive = (GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget->parent) != FALSE);
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     data.parent_sensitive = TRUE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
 | |
|   if (GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE (widget))
 | |
|     gtk_widget_queue_clear (widget);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "sensitive");
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_set_parent:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @parent: parent container
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function is useful only when implementing subclasses of #GtkContainer.
 | |
|  * Sets the container as the parent of @widget, and takes care of
 | |
|  * some details such as updating the state and style of the child
 | |
|  * to reflect its new location. The opposite function is
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_unparent().
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_set_parent (GtkWidget *widget,
 | |
| 		       GtkWidget *parent)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GtkStateData data;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (widget->parent == NULL);
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (!GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget));
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (parent));
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (widget != parent);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* keep this function in sync with gtk_menu_attach_to_widget()
 | |
|    */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   gtk_widget_ref (widget);
 | |
|   gtk_object_sink (GTK_OBJECT (widget));
 | |
|   widget->parent = parent;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (GTK_WIDGET_STATE (parent) != GTK_STATE_NORMAL)
 | |
|     data.state = GTK_WIDGET_STATE (parent);
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     data.state = GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget);
 | |
|   data.state_restoration = FALSE;
 | |
|   data.parent_sensitive = (GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (parent) != FALSE);
 | |
|   data.use_forall = GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (parent) != GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   gtk_widget_reset_rc_styles (widget);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   gtk_signal_emit (GTK_OBJECT (widget), widget_signals[PARENT_SET], NULL);
 | |
|   if (GTK_WIDGET_ANCHORED (widget->parent))
 | |
|     _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (widget, NULL);
 | |
|   g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Enforce realized/mapped invariants
 | |
|    */
 | |
|   if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget->parent))
 | |
|     gtk_widget_realize (widget);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget->parent) &&
 | |
|       GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       if (GTK_WIDGET_CHILD_VISIBLE (widget) &&
 | |
| 	  GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget->parent))
 | |
| 	gtk_widget_map (widget);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_get_parent:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Returns the parent container of @widget.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Return value: the parent container of @widget, or %NULL
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| GtkWidget *
 | |
| gtk_widget_get_parent (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return widget->parent;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*****************************************
 | |
|  * Widget styles
 | |
|  * see docs/styles.txt
 | |
|  *****************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_set_style:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @style: a #GtkStyle, or %NULL to remove the effect of a previous
 | |
|  *         gtk_widget_set_style() and go back to the default style
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Sets the #GtkStyle for a widget (@widget->style). You probably don't
 | |
|  * want to use this function; it interacts badly with themes, because
 | |
|  * themes work by replacing the #GtkStyle. Instead, use
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_modify_style().
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_set_style (GtkWidget *widget,
 | |
| 		      GtkStyle	*style)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (style)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       gboolean initial_emission;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       initial_emission = !GTK_WIDGET_RC_STYLE (widget) && !GTK_WIDGET_USER_STYLE (widget);
 | |
|       
 | |
|       GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_RC_STYLE);
 | |
|       GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_USER_STYLE);
 | |
|       
 | |
|       gtk_widget_set_style_internal (widget, style, initial_emission);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       if (GTK_WIDGET_USER_STYLE (widget))
 | |
| 	gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (widget);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_ensure_style:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Ensures that @widget has a style (@widget->style). Not a very useful
 | |
|  * function; most of the time, if you want the style, the widget is
 | |
|  * realized, and realized widgets are guaranteed to have a style
 | |
|  * already.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_ensure_style (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!GTK_WIDGET_USER_STYLE (widget) &&
 | |
|       !GTK_WIDGET_RC_STYLE (widget))
 | |
|     gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (widget);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Look up the RC style for this widget, unsetting any user style that
 | |
|  * may be in effect currently
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GtkStyle *new_style;
 | |
|   gboolean initial_emission;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   initial_emission = !GTK_WIDGET_RC_STYLE (widget) && !GTK_WIDGET_USER_STYLE (widget);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_USER_STYLE);
 | |
|   GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_RC_STYLE);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   new_style = gtk_rc_get_style (widget);
 | |
|   if (!new_style)
 | |
|     new_style = gtk_widget_get_default_style ();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (initial_emission || new_style != widget->style)
 | |
|     gtk_widget_set_style_internal (widget, new_style, initial_emission);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_get_style:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Simply an accessor function that returns @widget->style.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Return value: the widget's #GtkStyle
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| GtkStyle*
 | |
| gtk_widget_get_style (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   return widget->style;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_modify_style:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @style: the #GtkRcStyle holding the style modifications
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Modifies style values on the widget. Modifications made using this
 | |
|  * technique take precedence over style values set via an RC file,
 | |
|  * however, they will be overriden if a style is explicitely set on
 | |
|  * the widget using gtk_widget_set_style(). The #GtkRcStyle structure
 | |
|  * is designed so each field can either be set or unset, so it is
 | |
|  * possible, using this function, to modify some style values and
 | |
|  * leave the others unchanged.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Note that modifications made with this function are not cumulative
 | |
|  * with previous calls to gtk_widget_modify_style() or with such
 | |
|  * functions as gtk_widget_modify_fg(). If you wish to retain
 | |
|  * previous values, you must first call gtk_widget_get_modifier_style(),
 | |
|  * make your modifications to the returned style, then call
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_modify_style() with that style. On the other hand,
 | |
|  * if you first call gtk_widget_modify_style(), subsequent calls
 | |
|  * to such functions gtk_widget_modify_fg() will have a cumulative
 | |
|  * effect with the initial modifications.
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void       
 | |
| gtk_widget_modify_style (GtkWidget      *widget,
 | |
| 			 GtkRcStyle     *style)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GtkRcStyle *old_style;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_RC_STYLE (style));
 | |
|   
 | |
|   old_style = gtk_object_get_data_by_id (GTK_OBJECT (widget),
 | |
| 					 quark_rc_style);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   gtk_object_set_data_by_id_full (GTK_OBJECT (widget),
 | |
|                                   quark_rc_style,
 | |
|                                   gtk_rc_style_copy (style),
 | |
|                                   (GtkDestroyNotify)gtk_rc_style_unref);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* note that "style" may be invalid here if it was the old
 | |
|    * modifier style and the only reference was our own.
 | |
|    */
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (GTK_WIDGET_RC_STYLE (widget))
 | |
|     gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (widget);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_get_modifier_style:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Returns the current modifier style for the widget. (As set by
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_modify_style().) If no style has previously set, a new
 | |
|  * #GtkRcStyle will be created with all values unset, and set as the
 | |
|  * modifier style for the widget. If you make changes to this rc
 | |
|  * style, you must call gtk_widget_modify_style(), passing in the
 | |
|  * returned rc style, to make sure that your changes take effect.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Caution: passing the style back to gtk_widget_modify_style() will
 | |
|  * normally end up destroying it, because gtk_widget_modify_style() copies
 | |
|  * the passed-in style and sets the copy as the new modifier style,
 | |
|  * thus dropping any reference to the old modifier style. Add a reference
 | |
|  * to the modifier style if you want to keep it alive.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Return value: the modifier style for the widget. This rc style is
 | |
|  *   owned by the widget. If you want to keep a pointer to value this
 | |
|  *   around, you must add a refcount using gtk_rc_style_ref().
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| GtkRcStyle *
 | |
| gtk_widget_get_modifier_style (GtkWidget      *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GtkRcStyle *rc_style;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   rc_style = gtk_object_get_data_by_id (GTK_OBJECT (widget),
 | |
| 					quark_rc_style);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!rc_style)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       rc_style = gtk_rc_style_new ();
 | |
|       gtk_object_set_data_by_id_full (GTK_OBJECT (widget),
 | |
| 				      quark_rc_style,
 | |
| 				      rc_style,
 | |
| 				      (GtkDestroyNotify)gtk_rc_style_unref);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return rc_style;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gtk_widget_modify_color_component (GtkWidget     *widget,
 | |
| 				   GtkRcFlags     component,
 | |
| 				   GtkStateType   state,
 | |
| 				   GdkColor      *color)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GtkRcStyle *rc_style = gtk_widget_get_modifier_style (widget);  
 | |
| 
 | |
|   switch (component)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     case GTK_RC_FG:
 | |
|       rc_style->fg[state] = *color;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case GTK_RC_BG:
 | |
|       rc_style->bg[state] = *color;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     case GTK_RC_TEXT:
 | |
|       rc_style->text[state] = *color;
 | |
|        break;
 | |
|     case GTK_RC_BASE:
 | |
|       rc_style->base[state] = *color;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|       g_assert_not_reached();
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   rc_style->color_flags[state] |= component;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   gtk_widget_modify_style (widget, rc_style);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_modify_fg:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
 | |
|  * @state: the state for which to set the foreground color.
 | |
|  * @color: the color to assign (does not need to be allocated).
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Sets the foreground color for a widget in a particular state.  All
 | |
|  * other style values are left untouched. See also
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_modify_style().
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_modify_fg (GtkWidget   *widget,
 | |
| 		      GtkStateType state,
 | |
| 		      GdkColor    *color)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (color != NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   gtk_widget_modify_color_component (widget, GTK_RC_FG, state, color);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_modify_bg:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
 | |
|  * @state: the state for which to set the background color.
 | |
|  * @color: the color to assign (does not need to be allocated).
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Sets the background color for a widget in a particular state.  All
 | |
|  * other style values are left untouched. See also
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_modify_style().
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_modify_bg (GtkWidget   *widget,
 | |
| 		      GtkStateType state,
 | |
| 		      GdkColor    *color)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (color != NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   gtk_widget_modify_color_component (widget, GTK_RC_BG, state, color);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_modify_text:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
 | |
|  * @state: the state for which to set the text color.
 | |
|  * @color: the color to assign (does not need to be allocated).
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Sets the text color for a widget in a particular state.  All other
 | |
|  * style values are left untouched. The text color is the foreground
 | |
|  * color used along with the base color (see gtk_widget_modify_base())
 | |
|  * for widgets such as #GtkEntry and #GtkTextView. See also
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_modify_style().
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_modify_text (GtkWidget   *widget,
 | |
| 			GtkStateType state,
 | |
| 			GdkColor    *color)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (color != NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   gtk_widget_modify_color_component (widget, GTK_RC_TEXT, state, color);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_modify_base:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
 | |
|  * @state: the state for which to set the base color.
 | |
|  * @color: the color to assign (does not need to be allocated).
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Sets the base color for a widget in a particular state.
 | |
|  * All other style values are left untouched. The base color
 | |
|  * is the background color used along with the text color
 | |
|  * (see gtk_widget_modify_text()) for widgets such as #GtkEntry
 | |
|  * and #GtkTextView. See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_modify_base (GtkWidget  *widget,
 | |
| 			GtkStateType state,
 | |
| 			GdkColor    *color)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (color != NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   gtk_widget_modify_color_component (widget, GTK_RC_BASE, state, color);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_modify_font:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @font_desc: the font description to use
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Sets the font to use for a widget.  All other style values are left
 | |
|  * untouched. See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_modify_font (GtkWidget            *widget,
 | |
| 			PangoFontDescription *font_desc)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GtkRcStyle *rc_style;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (font_desc != NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   rc_style = gtk_widget_get_modifier_style (widget);  
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (rc_style->font_desc)
 | |
|     pango_font_description_free (rc_style->font_desc);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   rc_style->font_desc = pango_font_description_copy (font_desc);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   gtk_widget_modify_style (widget, rc_style);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gtk_widget_direction_changed (GtkWidget        *widget,
 | |
| 			      GtkTextDirection  previous_direction)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gtk_widget_style_set (GtkWidget *widget,
 | |
| 		      GtkStyle  *previous_style)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget) &&
 | |
|       !GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
 | |
|     gtk_style_set_background (widget->style, widget->window, widget->state);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gtk_widget_set_style_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
 | |
| 			       GtkStyle	 *style,
 | |
| 			       gboolean   initial_emission)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_object_ref (G_OBJECT (widget));
 | |
|   g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (widget->style != style || initial_emission)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       PangoContext *context = gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (widget);
 | |
|       if (context)
 | |
| 	pango_context_set_font_description (context, style->font_desc);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (widget->style != style)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       GtkStyle *previous_style;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
 | |
| 	{
 | |
| 	  gtk_widget_reset_shapes (widget);
 | |
| 	  gtk_style_detach (widget->style);
 | |
| 	}
 | |
|       
 | |
|       previous_style = widget->style;
 | |
|       widget->style = style;
 | |
|       g_object_ref (widget->style);
 | |
|       
 | |
|       if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
 | |
| 	widget->style = gtk_style_attach (widget->style, widget->window);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       gtk_signal_emit (GTK_OBJECT (widget),
 | |
| 		       widget_signals[STYLE_SET],
 | |
| 		       initial_emission ? NULL : previous_style);
 | |
|       g_object_unref (previous_style);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (widget->parent && !initial_emission)
 | |
| 	gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   else if (initial_emission)
 | |
|     gtk_signal_emit (GTK_OBJECT (widget),
 | |
| 		     widget_signals[STYLE_SET],
 | |
| 		     NULL);
 | |
|   g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "style");
 | |
|   g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
 | |
|   g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (widget));
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
 | |
| 						gpointer   client_data)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   gboolean new_anchored;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   new_anchored = GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget) ||
 | |
|                  (widget->parent && GTK_WIDGET_ANCHORED (widget->parent));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (GTK_WIDGET_ANCHORED (widget) != new_anchored)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       gtk_widget_ref (widget);
 | |
|       
 | |
|       if (new_anchored)
 | |
| 	GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_ANCHORED);
 | |
|       else
 | |
| 	GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_ANCHORED);
 | |
|       
 | |
|       g_signal_emit (GTK_OBJECT (widget), widget_signals[HIERARCHY_CHANGED],
 | |
| 		     0, client_data);
 | |
|   
 | |
|       if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
 | |
| 	gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
 | |
| 			      gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse,
 | |
| 			      client_data);
 | |
|       
 | |
|       gtk_widget_unref (widget);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @previous_toplevel: Previous toplevel
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Propagates changes in the anchored state to a widget and all
 | |
|  * children, unsetting or setting the %ANCHORED flag, and
 | |
|  * emitting ::hierarchy_changed.
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (GtkWidget    *widget,
 | |
| 					 GtkWidget    *previous_toplevel)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (previous_toplevel)
 | |
|     g_object_ref (previous_toplevel);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse (widget, previous_toplevel);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (previous_toplevel)
 | |
|     g_object_unref (previous_toplevel);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| reset_rc_styles_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (GTK_WIDGET_RC_STYLE (widget))
 | |
|     gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (widget);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
 | |
|     gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
 | |
| 			  reset_rc_styles_recurse,
 | |
| 			  NULL);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_reset_rc_styles (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   reset_rc_styles_recurse (widget, NULL);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_get_default_style:
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Returns the default style used by all widgets initially.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Returns: the default style. This #GtkStyle object is owned by GTK+ and
 | |
|  * should not be modified or freed.
 | |
|  */ 
 | |
| GtkStyle*
 | |
| gtk_widget_get_default_style (void)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (!gtk_default_style)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       gtk_default_style = gtk_style_new ();
 | |
|       g_object_ref (gtk_default_style);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   
 | |
|   return gtk_default_style;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static PangoContext *
 | |
| gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return gtk_object_get_data_by_id (GTK_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_get_pango_context:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Gets a #PangoContext with the appropriate colormap, font description
 | |
|  * and base direction for this widget. Unlike the context returned
 | |
|  * by gtk_widget_create_pango_context(), this context is owned by
 | |
|  * the widget (it can be used as long as widget exists), and will
 | |
|  * be updated to match any changes to the widget's attributes.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If you create and keep a #PangoLayout using this context, you must
 | |
|  * deal with changes to the context by calling pango_layout_context_changed()
 | |
|  * on the layout in response to the ::style_set and ::direction_set signals
 | |
|  * for the widget.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Return value: the #PangoContext for the widget.
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| PangoContext *
 | |
| gtk_widget_get_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   PangoContext *context;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   context = gtk_object_get_data_by_id (GTK_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
 | |
|   if (!context)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       context = gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GTK_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
|       gtk_object_set_data_by_id_full (GTK_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context, context,
 | |
| 				      (GDestroyNotify) g_object_unref);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return context;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_create_pango_context:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Creates a new #PangoContext with the appropriate colormap,
 | |
|  * font description, and base direction for drawing text for
 | |
|  * this widget. See also gtk_widget_get_pango_context().
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Return value: the new #PangoContext
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| PangoContext *
 | |
| gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   PangoContext *context;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   context = gdk_pango_context_get ();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   gdk_pango_context_set_colormap (context, gtk_widget_get_colormap (widget));
 | |
|   pango_context_set_base_dir (context,
 | |
| 			      gtk_widget_get_direction (widget) == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR ?
 | |
| 			        PANGO_DIRECTION_LTR : PANGO_DIRECTION_RTL);
 | |
|   pango_context_set_font_description (context, widget->style->font_desc);
 | |
|   pango_context_set_language (context, gtk_get_default_language ());
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return context;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_create_pango_layout:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @text:   text to set on the layout (can be %NULL)
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Creates a new #PangoLayout with the appropriate colormap,
 | |
|  * font description, and base direction for drawing text for
 | |
|  * this widget.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If you keep a #PangoLayout created in this way around, in order
 | |
|  * notify the layout of changes to the base direction or font of this
 | |
|  * widget, you must call pango_layout_context_changed() in response to
 | |
|  * the ::style_set and ::direction_set signals for the widget.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Return value: the new #PangoLayout
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| PangoLayout *
 | |
| gtk_widget_create_pango_layout (GtkWidget   *widget,
 | |
| 				const gchar *text)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   PangoLayout *layout;
 | |
|   PangoContext *context;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   context = gtk_widget_get_pango_context (widget);
 | |
|   layout = pango_layout_new (context);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (text)
 | |
|     pango_layout_set_text (layout, text, -1);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return layout;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_render_icon:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @stock_id: a stock ID
 | |
|  * @size: a stock size
 | |
|  * @detail: render detail to pass to theme engine
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * A convenience function that uses the theme engine and RC file
 | |
|  * settings for @widget to look up @stock_id and render it to
 | |
|  * a pixbuf. @stock_id should be a stock icon ID such as
 | |
|  * #GTK_STOCK_OPEN or #GTK_STOCK_OK. @size should be a size
 | |
|  * such as #GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU. @detail should be a string that
 | |
|  * identifies the widget or code doing the rendering, so that
 | |
|  * theme engines can special-case rendering for that widget or code.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Return value: a new pixbuf, or %NULL if the stock ID wasn't known
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| GdkPixbuf*
 | |
| gtk_widget_render_icon (GtkWidget      *widget,
 | |
|                         const gchar    *stock_id,
 | |
|                         GtkIconSize     size,
 | |
|                         const gchar    *detail)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GtkIconSet *icon_set;
 | |
|   GdkPixbuf *retval;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (stock_id != NULL, NULL);
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (size > GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID, NULL);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   gtk_widget_ensure_style (widget);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   icon_set = gtk_style_lookup_icon_set (widget->style, stock_id);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (icon_set == NULL)
 | |
|     return NULL;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   retval = gtk_icon_set_render_icon (icon_set,
 | |
|                                      widget->style,
 | |
|                                      gtk_widget_get_direction (widget),
 | |
|                                      GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget),
 | |
|                                      size,
 | |
|                                      widget,
 | |
|                                      detail);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return retval;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_set_parent_window:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
 | |
|  * @parent_window: the new parent window.
 | |
|  *  
 | |
|  * Sets a non default parent window for @widget.
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_set_parent_window   (GtkWidget           *widget,
 | |
| 				GdkWindow           *parent_window)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GdkWindow *old_parent_window;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
|   
 | |
|   old_parent_window = gtk_object_get_data_by_id (GTK_OBJECT (widget),
 | |
| 						 quark_parent_window);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (parent_window != old_parent_window)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       gtk_object_set_data_by_id (GTK_OBJECT (widget), quark_parent_window, 
 | |
| 				 parent_window);
 | |
|       if (old_parent_window)
 | |
| 	gdk_window_unref (old_parent_window);
 | |
|       if (parent_window)
 | |
| 	gdk_window_ref (parent_window);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_set_child_visible:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @is_visible: if %TRUE, @widget should be mapped along with its parent.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Sets whether @widget should be mapped along with its when its parent
 | |
|  * is mapped and @widget has been shown with gtk_widget_show(). 
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The child visibility can be set for widget before it is added to
 | |
|  * a container with gtk_widget_set_parent(), to avoid mapping
 | |
|  * children unnecessary before immediately unmapping them. However
 | |
|  * it will be reset to its default state of %TRUE when the widget
 | |
|  * is removed from a container.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Note that changing the child visibility of a widget does not
 | |
|  * queue a resize on the widget. Most of the time, the size of
 | |
|  * a widget is computed from all visible children, whether or
 | |
|  * not they are mapped. If this is not the case, the container
 | |
|  * can queue a resize itself.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function is only useful for container implementations and
 | |
|  * never should be called by an application.
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_set_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget,
 | |
| 			      gboolean   is_visible)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (!GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (is_visible)
 | |
|     GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_CHILD_VISIBLE);
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_CHILD_VISIBLE);
 | |
|   if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget->parent))
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       if (GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget->parent) &&
 | |
| 	  GTK_WIDGET_CHILD_VISIBLE (widget) &&
 | |
| 	  GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
 | |
| 	gtk_widget_map (widget);
 | |
|       else
 | |
| 	gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_get_child_visible:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Gets the value set with gtk_widget_set_child_visible().
 | |
|  * If you feel a need to use this function, your code probably
 | |
|  * needs reorganization. 
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function is only useful for container implementations and
 | |
|  * never should be called by an application.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is mapped with the parent.
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| gboolean
 | |
| gtk_widget_get_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   return GTK_WIDGET_CHILD_VISIBLE (widget);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_get_parent_window:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
 | |
|  * @returns: the parent window of @widget.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Gets @widget's parent window.
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| GdkWindow *
 | |
| gtk_widget_get_parent_window   (GtkWidget           *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GdkWindow *parent_window;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (widget->parent != NULL, NULL);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   parent_window = gtk_object_get_data_by_id (GTK_OBJECT (widget),
 | |
| 					     quark_parent_window);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return (parent_window != NULL) ? parent_window : widget->parent->window;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_child_focus:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @direction: direction of focus movement
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function is used by custom widget implementations; if you're
 | |
|  * writing an app, you'd use gtk_widget_grab_focus() to move the focus
 | |
|  * to a particular widget, and gtk_container_set_focus_chain() to
 | |
|  * change the focus tab order. So you may want to investigate those
 | |
|  * functions instead.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_child_focus() is called by containers as the user moves
 | |
|  * around the window using keyboard shortcuts. @direction indicates
 | |
|  * what kind of motion is taking place (up, down, left, right, tab
 | |
|  * forward, tab backward).  gtk_widget_child_focus() invokes the
 | |
|  * "focus" signal on #GtkWidget; widgets override the default handler
 | |
|  * for this signal in order to implement appropriate focus behavior.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The "focus" default handler for a widget should return %TRUE if
 | |
|  * moving in @direction left the focus on a focusable location inside
 | |
|  * that widget, and %FALSE if moving in @direction moved the focus
 | |
|  * outside the widget. If returning %TRUE, widgets normally
 | |
|  * call gtk_widget_grab_focus() to place the focus accordingly;
 | |
|  * if returning %FALSE, they don't modify the current focus location.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * This function replaces gtk_container_focus() from GTK+ 1.2.  It was
 | |
|  * necessary to check that the child was visible, sensitive, and
 | |
|  * focusable before calling
 | |
|  * gtk_container_focus(). gtk_widget_child_focus() returns %FALSE if
 | |
|  * the widget is not currently in a focusable state, so there's no
 | |
|  * need for those checks.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Return value: %TRUE if focus ended up inside @widget
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| gboolean
 | |
| gtk_widget_child_focus (GtkWidget       *widget,
 | |
|                         GtkDirectionType direction)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   gboolean return_val;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget) ||
 | |
|       !GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget))
 | |
|     return FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* child widgets must set CAN_FOCUS, containers
 | |
|    * don't have to though.
 | |
|    */
 | |
|   if (!GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget) &&
 | |
|       !GTK_WIDGET_CAN_FOCUS (widget))
 | |
|     return FALSE;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   gtk_signal_emit (GTK_OBJECT (widget),
 | |
|                    widget_signals[FOCUS],
 | |
|                    direction, &return_val);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return return_val;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_set_uposition:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @x: x position; -1 to unset x; -2 to leave x unchanged
 | |
|  * @y: y position; -1 to unset y; -2 to leave y unchanged
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Sets the position of a widget. The funny "u" in the name comes from
 | |
|  * the "user position" hint specified by the X Window System, and
 | |
|  * exists for legacy reasons. This function doesn't work if a widget
 | |
|  * is inside a container; it's only really useful on #GtkWindow.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Don't use this function to center dialogs over the main application
 | |
|  * window; most window managers will do the centering on your behalf
 | |
|  * if you call gtk_window_set_transient_for(), and it's really not
 | |
|  * possible to get the centering to work correctly in all cases from
 | |
|  * application code. But if you insist, use gtk_window_set_position()
 | |
|  * to set #GTK_WIN_POS_CENTER_ON_PARENT, don't do the centering
 | |
|  * manually.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Note that although @x and @y can be individually unset, the position
 | |
|  * is not honoured unless both @x and @y are set.
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_set_uposition (GtkWidget *widget,
 | |
| 			  gint	     x,
 | |
| 			  gint	     y)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   /* FIXME this function is the only place that aux_info->x and
 | |
|    * aux_info->y are even used I believe, and this function is
 | |
|    * deprecated. Should be cleaned up.
 | |
|    */
 | |
|   
 | |
|   GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
|   
 | |
|   aux_info =_gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (x > -2)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       if (x == -1)
 | |
| 	aux_info->x_set = FALSE;
 | |
|       else
 | |
| 	{
 | |
| 	  aux_info->x_set = TRUE;
 | |
| 	  aux_info->x = x;
 | |
| 	}
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (y > -2)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       if (y == -1)
 | |
| 	aux_info->y_set = FALSE;
 | |
|       else
 | |
| 	{
 | |
| 	  aux_info->y_set = TRUE;
 | |
| 	  aux_info->y = y;
 | |
| 	}
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget) && aux_info->x_set && aux_info->y_set)
 | |
|     _gtk_window_reposition (GTK_WINDOW (widget), aux_info->x, aux_info->y);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget) && widget->parent)
 | |
|     gtk_widget_size_allocate (widget, &widget->allocation);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_set_usize:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @width: minimum width, or -1 to unset
 | |
|  * @height: minimum height, or -1 to unset
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function is deprecated; use gtk_widget_set_size_request()
 | |
|  * instead.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Sets the minimum size of a widget; that is, the widget's size
 | |
|  * request will be @width by @height. You can use this function to
 | |
|  * force a widget to be either larger or smaller than it is. The
 | |
|  * strange "usize" name dates from the early days of GTK+, and derives
 | |
|  * from X Window System terminology. In many cases,
 | |
|  * gtk_window_set_default_size() is a better choice for toplevel
 | |
|  * windows than this function; setting the default size will still
 | |
|  * allow users to shrink the window. Setting the usize will force them
 | |
|  * to leave the window at least as large as the usize. When dealing
 | |
|  * with window sizes, gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() can be a useful
 | |
|  * function as well.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Note the inherent danger of setting any fixed size - themes,
 | |
|  * translations into other languages, different fonts, and user action
 | |
|  * can all change the appropriate size for a given widget. So, it's
 | |
|  * basically impossible to hardcode a size that will always be
 | |
|  * correct.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_set_usize (GtkWidget *widget,
 | |
| 		      gint	 width,
 | |
| 		      gint	 height)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
|   
 | |
|   g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   aux_info =_gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (width > -2)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "width_request");
 | |
|       aux_info->width = width;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   if (height > -2)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "height_request");  
 | |
|       aux_info->height = height;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
 | |
|     gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_set_size_request:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @width: width @widget should request, or -1 to unset
 | |
|  * @height: height @widget should request, or -1 to unset
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Sets the minimum size of a widget; that is, the widget's size
 | |
|  * request will be @width by @height. You can use this function to
 | |
|  * force a widget to be either larger or smaller than it normally
 | |
|  * would be.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * In most cases, gtk_window_set_default_size() is a better choice for
 | |
|  * toplevel windows than this function; setting the default size will
 | |
|  * still allow users to shrink the window. Setting the size request
 | |
|  * will force them to leave the window at least as large as the size
 | |
|  * request. When dealing with window sizes,
 | |
|  * gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() can be a useful function as well.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Note the inherent danger of setting any fixed size - themes,
 | |
|  * translations into other languages, different fonts, and user action
 | |
|  * can all change the appropriate size for a given widget. So, it's
 | |
|  * basically impossible to hardcode a size that will always be
 | |
|  * correct.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The size request of a widget is the smallest size a widget can
 | |
|  * accept while still functioning well and drawing itself correctly.
 | |
|  * However in some strange cases a widget may be allocated less than
 | |
|  * its requested size, and in many cases a widget may be allocated more
 | |
|  * space than it requested.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If the size request in a given direction is -1 (unset), then
 | |
|  * the "natural" size request of the widget will be used instead.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Widgets can't actually be allocated a size less than 1 by 1, but
 | |
|  * you can pass 0,0 to this function to mean "as small as possible."
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_set_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
 | |
|                              gint       width,
 | |
|                              gint       height)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (width >= -1);
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (height >= -1);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (width == 0)
 | |
|     width = 1;
 | |
|   if (height == 0)
 | |
|     height = 1;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   gtk_widget_set_usize (widget, width, height);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_get_size_request:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @width: return location for width, or %NULL
 | |
|  * @height: return location for height, or %NULL
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Gets the size request that was explicitly set for the widget using
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_set_size_request().  A value of -1 stored in @width or
 | |
|  * @height indicates that that dimension has not been set explicitly
 | |
|  * and the natural requisition of the widget will be used intead. See
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_set_size_request(). To get the size a widget will
 | |
|  * actually use, call gtk_widget_size_request() instead of
 | |
|  * this function.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  **/
 | |
|  
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_get_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
 | |
|                              gint      *width,
 | |
|                              gint      *height)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (width)
 | |
|     *width = aux_info ? aux_info->width : -1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (height)
 | |
|     *height = aux_info ? aux_info->height : -1;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_set_events:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @events: event mask
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Sets the event mask (see #GdkEventMask) for a widget. The event
 | |
|  * mask determines which events a widget will receive. Keep in mind
 | |
|  * that different widgets have different default event masks, and by
 | |
|  * changing the event mask you may disrupt a widget's functionality,
 | |
|  * so be careful. This function must be called while a widget is
 | |
|  * unrealized. Consider gtk_widget_add_events() for widgets that are
 | |
|  * already realized, or if you want to preserve the existing event
 | |
|  * mask. This function can't be used with #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets;
 | |
|  * to get events on those widgets, place them inside a #GtkEventBox
 | |
|  * and receive events on the event box.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_set_events (GtkWidget *widget,
 | |
| 		       gint	  events)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   gint *eventp;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget));
 | |
|   
 | |
|   eventp = gtk_object_get_data_by_id (GTK_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (events)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       if (!eventp)
 | |
| 	eventp = g_new (gint, 1);
 | |
|       
 | |
|       *eventp = events;
 | |
|       gtk_object_set_data_by_id (GTK_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask, eventp);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   else if (eventp)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       g_free (eventp);
 | |
|       gtk_object_remove_data_by_id (GTK_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "events");
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_add_events:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @events: an event mask, see #GdkEventMask
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Adds the events in the bitfield @events to the event mask for
 | |
|  * @widget. See gtk_widget_set_events() for details.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_add_events (GtkWidget *widget,
 | |
| 		       gint	  events)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   gint *eventp;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   eventp = gtk_object_get_data_by_id (GTK_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (events)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       if (!eventp)
 | |
| 	{
 | |
| 	  eventp = g_new (gint, 1);
 | |
| 	  *eventp = 0;
 | |
| 	}
 | |
|       
 | |
|       *eventp |= events;
 | |
|       gtk_object_set_data_by_id (GTK_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask, eventp);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   else if (eventp)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       g_free (eventp);
 | |
|       gtk_object_remove_data_by_id (GTK_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
 | |
| 	{
 | |
| 	  GList *children = gdk_window_get_children (widget->window);
 | |
| 	  GList *tmp_list = children;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	  while (tmp_list)
 | |
| 	    {
 | |
| 	      GdkWindow *window = tmp_list->data;
 | |
| 	      gpointer user_data;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	      gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
 | |
| 	      if (user_data == widget)
 | |
| 		gdk_window_set_events (window, gdk_window_get_events (window) | events);
 | |
| 	      tmp_list = tmp_list->next;
 | |
| 	    }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	  g_list_free (children);
 | |
| 	}
 | |
|       else
 | |
| 	{
 | |
| 	  gdk_window_set_events (widget->window, gdk_window_get_events (widget->window) | events);
 | |
| 	}
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "events");
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_set_extension_events:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @mode: bitfield of extension events to receive
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Sets the extension events mask to @mode. See #GdkExtensionMode
 | |
|  * and gdk_input_set_extension_events().
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_set_extension_events (GtkWidget *widget,
 | |
| 				 GdkExtensionMode mode)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GdkExtensionMode *modep;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
|   
 | |
|   modep = gtk_object_get_data_by_id (GTK_OBJECT (widget), quark_extension_event_mode);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (!modep)
 | |
|     modep = g_new (GdkExtensionMode, 1);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   *modep = mode;
 | |
|   gtk_object_set_data_by_id (GTK_OBJECT (widget), quark_extension_event_mode, modep);
 | |
|   g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "extension_events");
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_get_toplevel:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * This function returns the topmost widget in the container hierarchy
 | |
|  * @widget is a part of. If @widget has no parent widgets, it will be
 | |
|  * returned as the topmost widget. No reference will be added to the
 | |
|  * returned widget; it should not be unreferenced.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Note the difference in behavior vs. gtk_widget_get_ancestor();
 | |
|  * <literal>gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_WINDOW)</literal> 
 | |
|  * would return
 | |
|  * %NULL if @widget wasn't inside a toplevel window, and if the
 | |
|  * window was inside a #GtkWindow-derived widget which was in turn
 | |
|  * inside the toplevel #GtkWindow. While the second case may
 | |
|  * seem unlikely, it actually happens when a #GtkPlug is embedded
 | |
|  * inside a #GtkSocket within the same application.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * To reliably find the toplevel #GtkWindow, use
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_get_toplevel() and check if the %TOPLEVEL flags
 | |
|  * is set on the result.
 | |
|  *  <informalexample><programlisting>
 | |
|  *  <!>GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
 | |
|  *  <!>if (GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (toplevel))
 | |
|  *  <!> {
 | |
|  *  <!>   [ Perform action on toplevel. ]
 | |
|  *  <!> }
 | |
|  *  </programlisting></informalexample>
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Return value: the topmost ancestor of @widget, or @widget itself if there's no ancestor.
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| GtkWidget*
 | |
| gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   while (widget->parent)
 | |
|     widget = widget->parent;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   return widget;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_get_ancestor:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @widget_type: ancestor type
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Gets the first ancestor of @widget with type @widget_type. For example,
 | |
|  * <literal>gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_BOX)</literal> gets the 
 | |
|  * first #GtkBox that's
 | |
|  * an ancestor of @widget. No reference will be added to the returned widget;
 | |
|  * it should not be unreferenced. See note about checking for a toplevel
 | |
|  * #GtkWindow in the docs for gtk_widget_get_toplevel().
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Return value: the ancestor widget, or %NULL if not found
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| GtkWidget*
 | |
| gtk_widget_get_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
 | |
| 			 GtkType    widget_type)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   while (widget && !gtk_type_is_a (GTK_WIDGET_TYPE (widget), widget_type))
 | |
|     widget = widget->parent;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (!(widget && gtk_type_is_a (GTK_WIDGET_TYPE (widget), widget_type)))
 | |
|     return NULL;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   return widget;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_get_colormap:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Gets the colormap that will be used to render @widget. No reference will
 | |
|  * be added to the returned colormap; it should not be unreferenced.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Return value: the colormap used by @widget
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| GdkColormap*
 | |
| gtk_widget_get_colormap (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GdkColormap *colormap;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (widget->window)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       colormap = gdk_window_get_colormap (widget->window);
 | |
|       /* If window was destroyed previously, we'll get NULL here */
 | |
|       if (colormap)
 | |
| 	return colormap;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   while (widget)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       colormap = gtk_object_get_data_by_id (GTK_OBJECT (widget), quark_colormap);
 | |
|       if (colormap)
 | |
| 	return colormap;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       widget = widget->parent;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return gtk_widget_get_default_colormap ();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_get_visual:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Gets the visual that will be used to render @widget.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Return value: the visual for @widget
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| GdkVisual*
 | |
| gtk_widget_get_visual (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return gdk_colormap_get_visual (gtk_widget_get_colormap (widget));
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_get_settings:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Gets the settings object holding the settings (global property
 | |
|  * settings, RC file information, etc) used for this widget.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Return value: the relevant #GtkSettings object
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| GtkSettings*
 | |
| gtk_widget_get_settings (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return gtk_settings_get_default ();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_set_colormap:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @colormap: a colormap
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Sets the colormap for the widget to the given value. Widget must not
 | |
|  * have been previously realized. This probably should only be used
 | |
|  * from an <function>init()</function> function (i.e. from the constructor 
 | |
|  * for the widget).
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_set_colormap (GtkWidget   *widget,
 | |
|                          GdkColormap *colormap)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget));
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_COLORMAP (colormap));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_object_ref (G_OBJECT (colormap));
 | |
|   
 | |
|   g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), 
 | |
| 			   quark_colormap,
 | |
| 			   colormap,
 | |
| 			   (GtkDestroyNotify) g_object_unref);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_get_events:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Returns the event mask for the widget (a bitfield containing flags
 | |
|  * from the #GdkEventMask enumeration). These are the events that the widget
 | |
|  * will receive.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Return value: event mask for @widget
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| gint
 | |
| gtk_widget_get_events (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   gint *events;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   events = gtk_object_get_data_by_id (GTK_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask);
 | |
|   if (events)
 | |
|     return *events;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   return 0;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_get_extension_events:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Retrieves the extension events the widget will receive; see
 | |
|  * gdk_input_set_extension_events().
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Return value: extension events for @widget
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| GdkExtensionMode
 | |
| gtk_widget_get_extension_events (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GdkExtensionMode *mode;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   mode = gtk_object_get_data_by_id (GTK_OBJECT (widget), quark_extension_event_mode);
 | |
|   if (mode)
 | |
|     return *mode;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   return 0;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_get_pointer:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @x: return location for the X coordinate, or %NULL
 | |
|  * @y: return location for the Y coordinate, or %NULL
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Obtains the location of the mouse pointer in widget coordinates.
 | |
|  * Widget coordinates are a bit odd; for historical reasons, they are
 | |
|  * defined as @widget->window coordinates for widgets that are not
 | |
|  * #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets, and are relative to @widget->allocation.x,
 | |
|  * @widget->allocation.y for widgets that are #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_get_pointer (GtkWidget *widget,
 | |
| 			gint	  *x,
 | |
| 			gint	  *y)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (x)
 | |
|     *x = -1;
 | |
|   if (y)
 | |
|     *y = -1;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       gdk_window_get_pointer (widget->window, x, y, NULL);
 | |
|       
 | |
|       if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
 | |
| 	{
 | |
| 	  if (x)
 | |
| 	    *x -= widget->allocation.x;
 | |
| 	  if (y)
 | |
| 	    *y -= widget->allocation.y;
 | |
| 	}
 | |
|     }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_is_ancestor:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @ancestor: another #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Determines whether @widget is somewhere inside @ancestor, possibly with
 | |
|  * intermediate containers.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Return value: %TRUE if @ancestor contains @widget as a child, grandchild, great grandchild, etc.
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| gboolean
 | |
| gtk_widget_is_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
 | |
| 			GtkWidget *ancestor)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (ancestor != NULL, FALSE);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   while (widget)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       if (widget->parent == ancestor)
 | |
| 	return TRUE;
 | |
|       widget = widget->parent;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   
 | |
|   return FALSE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static GQuark quark_composite_name = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_set_composite_name:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
 | |
|  * @name: the name to set.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Sets a widgets composite name. The widget must be
 | |
|  * a composite child of its parent; see gtk_widget_push_composite_child().
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_set_composite_name (GtkWidget   *widget,
 | |
| 			       const gchar *name)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_COMPOSITE_CHILD (widget));
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (name != NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!quark_composite_name)
 | |
|     quark_composite_name = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-composite-name");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   gtk_object_set_data_by_id_full (GTK_OBJECT (widget),
 | |
| 				  quark_composite_name,
 | |
| 				  g_strdup (name),
 | |
| 				  g_free);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_get_composite_name:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
 | |
|  * @returns: the composite name of @widget, or %NULL if @widget is not
 | |
|  *   a composite child. The string should not be freed when it is no 
 | |
|  *   longer needed.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Obtains the composite name of a widget. 
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| gchar*
 | |
| gtk_widget_get_composite_name (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (GTK_WIDGET_COMPOSITE_CHILD (widget) && widget->parent)
 | |
|     return _gtk_container_child_composite_name (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent),
 | |
| 					       widget);
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     return NULL;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_push_composite_child:
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Makes all newly-created widgets as composite children until
 | |
|  * the corresponding gtk_widget_pop_composite_child() call.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * A composite child is a child that's an implementation detail of the
 | |
|  * container it's inside and should not be visible to people using the
 | |
|  * container. Composite children aren't treated differently by GTK (but
 | |
|  * see gtk_container_foreach() vs. gtk_container_forall()), but e.g. GUI 
 | |
|  * builders might want to treat them in a different way.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Here is a simple example:
 | |
|  * <informalexample><programlisting>
 | |
|  * <!>  gtk_widget_push_composite_child (<!>);
 | |
|  * <!>  scrolled_window->hscrollbar = gtk_hscrollbar_new (hadjustment);
 | |
|  * <!>  gtk_widget_set_composite_name (scrolled_window->hscrollbar, "hscrollbar");
 | |
|  * <!>  gtk_widget_pop_composite_child (<!>);
 | |
|  * <!>  gtk_widget_set_parent (scrolled_window->hscrollbar, 
 | |
|  * <!>                         GTK_WIDGET (scrolled_window));
 | |
|  * <!>  gtk_widget_ref (scrolled_window->hscrollbar);
 | |
|  * </programlisting></informalexample>
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_push_composite_child (void)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   composite_child_stack++;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_pop_composite_child:
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Cancels the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_push_composite_child().
 | |
|  **/ 
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_pop_composite_child (void)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (composite_child_stack)
 | |
|     composite_child_stack--;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_push_colormap:
 | |
|  * @cmap: a #GdkColormap
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Pushes @cmap onto a global stack of colormaps; the topmost
 | |
|  * colormap on the stack will be used to create all widgets.
 | |
|  * Remove @cmap with gtk_widget_pop_colormap(). There's little
 | |
|  * reason to use this function.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_push_colormap (GdkColormap *cmap)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_COLORMAP (cmap));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   colormap_stack = g_slist_prepend (colormap_stack, cmap);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_pop_colormap:
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Removes a colormap pushed with gtk_widget_push_colormap().
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_pop_colormap (void)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (colormap_stack)
 | |
|     colormap_stack = g_slist_delete_link (colormap_stack, colormap_stack);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_set_default_colormap:
 | |
|  * @colormap: a #GdkColormap
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Sets the default colormap to use when creating widgets.
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_push_colormap() is a better function to use if
 | |
|  * you only want to affect a few widgets, rather than all widgets.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_set_default_colormap (GdkColormap *colormap)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_COLORMAP (colormap));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (default_colormap != colormap)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       if (default_colormap)
 | |
| 	gdk_colormap_unref (default_colormap);
 | |
|       default_colormap = colormap;
 | |
|       if (default_colormap)
 | |
| 	gdk_colormap_ref (default_colormap);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_get_default_colormap:
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Obtains the default colormap used to create widgets.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Return value: default widget colormap
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| GdkColormap*
 | |
| gtk_widget_get_default_colormap (void)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (!default_colormap)
 | |
|     gtk_widget_set_default_colormap (gdk_rgb_get_colormap ());
 | |
|   
 | |
|   return default_colormap;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_get_default_visual:
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Obtains the visual of the default colormap. Not really useful;
 | |
|  * used to be useful before gdk_colormap_get_visual() existed.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Return value: visual of the default colormap
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| GdkVisual*
 | |
| gtk_widget_get_default_visual (void)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return gdk_colormap_get_visual (gtk_widget_get_default_colormap ());
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (GtkWidget        *widget,
 | |
| 				   GtkTextDirection  old_dir)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   PangoContext *context = gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (widget);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (context)
 | |
|     pango_context_set_base_dir (context,
 | |
| 				gtk_widget_get_direction (widget) == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR ?
 | |
| 				  PANGO_DIRECTION_LTR : PANGO_DIRECTION_RTL);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   gtk_signal_emit (GTK_OBJECT (widget), widget_signals[DIRECTION_CHANGED], old_dir);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_set_direction:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @dir:    the new direction
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Sets the reading direction on a particular widget. This direction
 | |
|  * controls the primary direction for widgets containing text,
 | |
|  * and also the direction in which the children of a container are
 | |
|  * packed. The ability to set the direction is present in order
 | |
|  * so that correct localization into languages with right-to-left
 | |
|  * reading directions can be done. Generally, applications will
 | |
|  * let the default reading direction present, except for containers
 | |
|  * where the containers are arranged in an order that is explicitely
 | |
|  * visual rather than logical (such as buttons for text justification).
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If the direction is set to %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE, then the value
 | |
|  * set by gtk_widget_set_default_direction() will be used.
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_set_direction (GtkWidget        *widget,
 | |
| 			  GtkTextDirection  dir)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GtkTextDirection old_dir;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (dir >= GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE && dir <= GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   old_dir = gtk_widget_get_direction (widget);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE)
 | |
|     GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_DIRECTION_SET);
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_DIRECTION_SET);
 | |
|       if (dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR)
 | |
| 	GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_DIRECTION_LTR);
 | |
|       else
 | |
| 	GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_DIRECTION_LTR);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (old_dir != gtk_widget_get_direction (widget))
 | |
|     gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (widget, old_dir);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_get_direction:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Gets the reading direction for a particular widget. See
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_set_direction().
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Return value: the reading direction for the widget.
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| GtkTextDirection
 | |
| gtk_widget_get_direction (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (GTK_WIDGET_DIRECTION_SET (widget))
 | |
|     return GTK_WIDGET_DIRECTION_LTR (widget) ? GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR : GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL;
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     return gtk_default_direction;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GtkTextDirection old_dir = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (data);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_object_ref (G_OBJECT (widget));
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (!GTK_WIDGET_DIRECTION_SET (widget))
 | |
|     gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (widget, old_dir);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
 | |
|     gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
 | |
| 			  gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse,
 | |
| 			  data);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (widget));
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_set_default_direction:
 | |
|  * @dir: the new default direction. This cannot be
 | |
|  *        %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Sets the default reading direction for widgets where the
 | |
|  * direction has not been explicitly set by gtk_widget_set_direction().
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_set_default_direction (GtkTextDirection dir)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL || dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (dir != gtk_default_direction)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       GList *toplevels, *tmp_list;
 | |
|       GtkTextDirection old_dir = gtk_default_direction;
 | |
|       
 | |
|       gtk_default_direction = dir;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       tmp_list = toplevels = gtk_window_list_toplevels ();
 | |
|       g_list_foreach (toplevels, (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL);
 | |
|       
 | |
|       while (tmp_list)
 | |
| 	{
 | |
| 	  gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (tmp_list->data,
 | |
| 						    GUINT_TO_POINTER (old_dir));
 | |
| 	  g_object_unref (tmp_list->data);
 | |
| 	  tmp_list = tmp_list->next;
 | |
| 	}
 | |
| 
 | |
|       g_list_free (toplevels);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_get_default_direction:
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Obtains the current default reading direction. See
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_set_default_direction().
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Return value: the current default direction. 
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| GtkTextDirection
 | |
| gtk_widget_get_default_direction (void)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return gtk_default_direction;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gtk_widget_dispose (GObject *object)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (widget->parent)
 | |
|     gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent), widget);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_VISIBLE);
 | |
|   if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
 | |
|     gtk_widget_unrealize (widget);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   G_OBJECT_CLASS (parent_class)->dispose (object);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gtk_widget_real_destroy (GtkObject *object)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   /* gtk_object_destroy() will already hold a refcount on object */
 | |
|   GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* wipe accelerator closures (keep order) */
 | |
|   g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path, NULL);
 | |
|   g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures, NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   gtk_grab_remove (widget);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   g_object_unref (widget->style);
 | |
|   widget->style = gtk_widget_get_default_style ();
 | |
|   g_object_ref (widget->style);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   GTK_OBJECT_CLASS (parent_class)->destroy (object);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gtk_widget_finalize (GObject *object)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
 | |
|   GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
 | |
|   gint *events;
 | |
|   GdkExtensionMode *mode;
 | |
|   GtkAccessible *accessible;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   gtk_grab_remove (widget);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_object_unref (widget->style);
 | |
|   widget->style = NULL;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (widget->name)
 | |
|     g_free (widget->name);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   aux_info =_gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
 | |
|   if (aux_info)
 | |
|     gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (aux_info);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   events = gtk_object_get_data_by_id (GTK_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask);
 | |
|   if (events)
 | |
|     g_free (events);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   mode = gtk_object_get_data_by_id (GTK_OBJECT (widget), quark_extension_event_mode);
 | |
|   if (mode)
 | |
|     g_free (mode);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   accessible = gtk_object_get_data_by_id (GTK_OBJECT (widget), quark_accessible_object);
 | |
|   if (accessible)
 | |
|     g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (accessible));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   G_OBJECT_CLASS (parent_class)->finalize (object);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*****************************************
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_real_map:
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *   arguments:
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *   results:
 | |
|  *****************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gtk_widget_real_map (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget) == TRUE);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (!GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_MAPPED);
 | |
|       
 | |
|       if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
 | |
| 	gdk_window_show (widget->window);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*****************************************
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_real_unmap:
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *   arguments:
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *   results:
 | |
|  *****************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gtk_widget_real_unmap (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_MAPPED);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
 | |
| 	gdk_window_hide (widget->window);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*****************************************
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_real_realize:
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *   arguments:
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *   results:
 | |
|  *****************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gtk_widget_real_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget));
 | |
|   
 | |
|   GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_REALIZED);
 | |
|   if (widget->parent)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       widget->window = gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget);
 | |
|       gdk_window_ref (widget->window);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   widget->style = gtk_style_attach (widget->style, widget->window);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*****************************************
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_real_unrealize:
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *   arguments:
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *   results:
 | |
|  *****************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gtk_widget_real_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
 | |
|     gtk_widget_real_unmap (widget);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_MAPPED);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* printf ("unrealizing %s\n", gtk_type_name (GTK_OBJECT (widget)->klass->type));
 | |
|    */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* We must do unrealize child widget BEFORE container widget.
 | |
|     * gdk_window_destroy() destroys specified xwindow and its sub-xwindows.
 | |
|     * So, unrealizing container widget bofore its children causes the problem 
 | |
|     * (for example, gdk_ic_destroy () with destroyed window causes crash. )
 | |
|     */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
 | |
|     gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
 | |
| 			  (GtkCallback) gtk_widget_unrealize,
 | |
| 			  NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   gtk_style_detach (widget->style);
 | |
|   if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       gdk_window_set_user_data (widget->window, NULL);
 | |
|       gdk_window_destroy (widget->window);
 | |
|       widget->window = NULL;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       gdk_window_unref (widget->window);
 | |
|       widget->window = NULL;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   gtk_selection_remove_all (widget);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_REALIZED);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gtk_widget_real_size_request (GtkWidget         *widget,
 | |
| 			      GtkRequisition    *requisition)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   requisition->width = widget->requisition.width;
 | |
|   requisition->height = widget->requisition.height;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * _gtk_widget_peek_colormap:
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Returns colormap currently pushed by gtk_widget_push_colormap, if any.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Return value: the currently pushed colormap, or %NULL if there is none.
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| GdkColormap*
 | |
| _gtk_widget_peek_colormap (void)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (colormap_stack)
 | |
|     return (GdkColormap*) colormap_stack->data;
 | |
|   return NULL;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gtk_widget_propagate_state (GtkWidget           *widget,
 | |
| 			    GtkStateData        *data)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   guint8 old_state;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* don't call this function with state==GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE,
 | |
|    * parent_sensitive==TRUE on a sensitive widget
 | |
|    */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   old_state = GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (data->parent_sensitive)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_PARENT_SENSITIVE);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget))
 | |
| 	{
 | |
| 	  if (data->state_restoration)
 | |
| 	    GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget) = GTK_WIDGET_SAVED_STATE (widget);
 | |
| 	  else
 | |
| 	    GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget) = data->state;
 | |
| 	}
 | |
|       else
 | |
| 	{
 | |
| 	  GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget) = GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE;
 | |
| 	  if (!data->state_restoration &&
 | |
| 	      data->state != GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE)
 | |
| 	    GTK_WIDGET_SAVED_STATE (widget) = data->state;
 | |
| 	}
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_PARENT_SENSITIVE);
 | |
|       if (!data->state_restoration)
 | |
| 	{
 | |
| 	  if (data->state != GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE)
 | |
| 	    GTK_WIDGET_SAVED_STATE (widget) = data->state;
 | |
| 	}
 | |
|       else if (GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget) != GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE)
 | |
| 	GTK_WIDGET_SAVED_STATE (widget) = GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget);
 | |
|       GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget) = GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (gtk_widget_is_focus (widget) && !GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget))
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       GtkWidget *window;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
 | |
|       if (window && GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (window))
 | |
| 	gtk_window_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (window), NULL);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (old_state != GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget))
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       gtk_widget_ref (widget);
 | |
|       
 | |
|       if (!GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget) && GTK_WIDGET_HAS_GRAB (widget))
 | |
| 	gtk_grab_remove (widget);
 | |
|       
 | |
|       gtk_signal_emit (GTK_OBJECT (widget), widget_signals[STATE_CHANGED], old_state);
 | |
|       
 | |
|       
 | |
|       if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
 | |
| 	{
 | |
| 	  data->parent_sensitive = (GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget) != FALSE);
 | |
| 	  data->state = GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget);
 | |
| 	  if (data->use_forall)
 | |
| 	    gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
 | |
| 				  (GtkCallback) gtk_widget_propagate_state,
 | |
| 				  data);
 | |
| 	  else
 | |
| 	    gtk_container_foreach (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
 | |
| 				   (GtkCallback) gtk_widget_propagate_state,
 | |
| 				   data);
 | |
| 	}
 | |
|       gtk_widget_unref (widget);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * _gtk_widget_get_aux_info:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @create: if %TRUE, create the structure if it doesn't exist
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Get the #GtkWidgetAuxInfo structure for the widget.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Return value: the #GtkAuxInfo structure for the widget, or
 | |
|  *    %NULL if @create is %FALSE and one doesn't already exist.
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| GtkWidgetAuxInfo*
 | |
| _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (GtkWidget *widget,
 | |
| 			  gboolean   create)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   aux_info = gtk_object_get_data_by_id (GTK_OBJECT (widget), quark_aux_info);
 | |
|   if (!aux_info && create)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       if (!aux_info_mem_chunk)
 | |
| 	aux_info_mem_chunk = g_mem_chunk_new ("widget aux info mem chunk",
 | |
| 					      sizeof (GtkWidgetAuxInfo),
 | |
| 					      1024, G_ALLOC_AND_FREE);
 | |
|       aux_info = g_chunk_new (GtkWidgetAuxInfo, aux_info_mem_chunk);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       aux_info->width = -1;
 | |
|       aux_info->height = -1;
 | |
|       aux_info->x = 0;
 | |
|       aux_info->y = 0;
 | |
|       aux_info->x_set = FALSE;
 | |
|       aux_info->y_set = FALSE;
 | |
|       gtk_object_set_data_by_id (GTK_OBJECT (widget), quark_aux_info, aux_info);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   
 | |
|   return aux_info;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*****************************************
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy:
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *   arguments:
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *   results:
 | |
|  *****************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_mem_chunk_free (aux_info_mem_chunk, aux_info);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gtk_widget_shape_info_destroy (GtkWidgetShapeInfo *info)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   gdk_drawable_unref (info->shape_mask);
 | |
|   g_free (info);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_shape_combine_mask: 
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
 | |
|  * @shape_mask: shape to be added, or %NULL to remove an existing shape. 
 | |
|  * @offset_x: X position of shape mask with respect to @window.
 | |
|  * @offset_y: Y position of shape mask with respect to @window.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Sets a shape for this widget's GDK window. This allows for
 | |
|  * transparent windows etc., see gdk_window_shape_combine_mask()
 | |
|  * for more information.
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_shape_combine_mask (GtkWidget *widget,
 | |
| 			       GdkBitmap *shape_mask,
 | |
| 			       gint	  offset_x,
 | |
| 			       gint	  offset_y)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GtkWidgetShapeInfo* shape_info;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
|   /*  set_shape doesn't work on widgets without gdk window */
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!shape_mask)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_HAS_SHAPE_MASK);
 | |
|       
 | |
|       if (widget->window)
 | |
| 	gdk_window_shape_combine_mask (widget->window, NULL, 0, 0);
 | |
|       
 | |
|       g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info, NULL);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_HAS_SHAPE_MASK);
 | |
|       
 | |
|       shape_info = g_new (GtkWidgetShapeInfo, 1);
 | |
|       g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info, shape_info,
 | |
| 			       (GDestroyNotify) gtk_widget_shape_info_destroy);
 | |
|       
 | |
|       shape_info->shape_mask = gdk_drawable_ref (shape_mask);
 | |
|       shape_info->offset_x = offset_x;
 | |
|       shape_info->offset_y = offset_y;
 | |
|       
 | |
|       /* set shape if widget has a gdk window allready.
 | |
|        * otherwise the shape is scheduled to be set by gtk_widget_realize.
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       if (widget->window)
 | |
| 	gdk_window_shape_combine_mask (widget->window, shape_mask,
 | |
| 				       offset_x, offset_y);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gtk_reset_shapes_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
 | |
| 			  GdkWindow *window)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   gpointer data;
 | |
|   GList *list;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &data);
 | |
|   if (data != widget)
 | |
|     return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   gdk_window_shape_combine_mask (window, NULL, 0, 0);
 | |
|   for (list = gdk_window_peek_children (window); list; list = list->next)
 | |
|     gtk_reset_shapes_recurse (widget, list->data);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_reset_shapes:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Recursively resets the shape on this widget and its descendants.
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_reset_shapes (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!GTK_WIDGET_HAS_SHAPE_MASK (widget))
 | |
|     gtk_reset_shapes_recurse (widget, widget->window);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_ref:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Adds a reference to a widget. This function is exactly the same
 | |
|  * as calling g_object_ref(), and exists mostly for historical
 | |
|  * reasons. It can still be convenient to avoid casting a widget
 | |
|  * to a #GObject, it saves a small amount of typing.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Return value: the widget that was referenced
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| GtkWidget*
 | |
| gtk_widget_ref (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return (GtkWidget*) g_object_ref ((GObject*) widget);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_unref:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Inverse of gtk_widget_ref(). Equivalent to g_object_unref().
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_unref (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_object_unref ((GObject*) widget);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* style properties
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser (GtkWidgetClass     *class,
 | |
| 						GParamSpec         *pspec,
 | |
| 						GtkRcPropertyParser parser)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (class));
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC (pspec));
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (pspec->flags & G_PARAM_READABLE);
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (!(pspec->flags & (G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY | G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT)));
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool, pspec->name, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (class), FALSE))
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       g_warning (G_STRLOC ": class `%s' already contains a style property named `%s'",
 | |
| 		 G_OBJECT_CLASS_NAME (class),
 | |
| 		 pspec->name);
 | |
|       return;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_param_spec_ref (pspec);
 | |
|   g_param_spec_sink (pspec);
 | |
|   g_param_spec_set_qdata (pspec, quark_property_parser, parser);
 | |
|   g_param_spec_pool_insert (style_property_spec_pool, pspec, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (class));
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (GtkWidgetClass *class,
 | |
| 					 GParamSpec     *pspec)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GtkRcPropertyParser parser;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (class));
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC (pspec));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   parser = _gtk_rc_property_parser_from_type (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser (class, pspec, parser);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_style_get_property:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @property_name: the name of a style property
 | |
|  * @value: location to return the property value 
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Gets the value of a style property of @widget.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_style_get_property (GtkWidget   *widget,
 | |
| 			       const gchar *property_name,
 | |
| 			       GValue      *value)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GParamSpec *pspec;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (property_name != NULL);
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (G_IS_VALUE (value));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_object_ref (widget);
 | |
|   pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
 | |
| 				    property_name,
 | |
| 				    G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
 | |
| 				    TRUE);
 | |
|   if (!pspec)
 | |
|     g_warning ("%s: widget class `%s' has no property named `%s'",
 | |
| 	       G_STRLOC,
 | |
| 	       G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
 | |
| 	       property_name);
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       const GValue *peek_value;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       peek_value = _gtk_style_peek_property_value (widget->style,
 | |
| 						   G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
 | |
| 						   pspec,
 | |
| 						   g_param_spec_get_qdata (pspec, quark_property_parser));
 | |
|       
 | |
|       /* auto-conversion of the caller's value type
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       if (G_VALUE_TYPE (value) == G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec))
 | |
| 	g_value_copy (peek_value, value);
 | |
|       else if (g_value_type_transformable (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec), G_VALUE_TYPE (value)))
 | |
| 	g_value_transform (peek_value, value);
 | |
|       else
 | |
| 	g_warning ("can't retrieve style property `%s' of type `%s' as value of type `%s'",
 | |
| 		   pspec->name,
 | |
| 		   g_type_name (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec)),
 | |
| 		   G_VALUE_TYPE_NAME (value));
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   g_object_unref (widget);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_style_get_valist:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @first_property_name: the name of the first property to get
 | |
|  * @var_args: a <type>va_list</type> of pairs of property names and
 | |
|  *     locations to return the property values, starting with the location
 | |
|  *     for @first_property_name.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Non-vararg variant of gtk_widget_style_get(). Used primarily by language 
 | |
|  * bindings.
 | |
|  */ 
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_style_get_valist (GtkWidget   *widget,
 | |
| 			     const gchar *first_property_name,
 | |
| 			     va_list      var_args)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   const gchar *name;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_object_ref (widget);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   name = first_property_name;
 | |
|   while (name)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       const GValue *peek_value;
 | |
|       GParamSpec *pspec;
 | |
|       gchar *error;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
 | |
| 					name,
 | |
| 					G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
 | |
| 					TRUE);
 | |
|       if (!pspec)
 | |
| 	{
 | |
| 	  g_warning ("%s: widget class `%s' has no property named `%s'",
 | |
| 		     G_STRLOC,
 | |
| 		     G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
 | |
| 		     name);
 | |
| 	  break;
 | |
| 	}
 | |
|       /* style pspecs are always readable so we can spare that check here */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       peek_value = _gtk_style_peek_property_value (widget->style,
 | |
| 						   G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
 | |
| 						   pspec,
 | |
| 						   g_param_spec_get_qdata (pspec, quark_property_parser));
 | |
|       G_VALUE_LCOPY (peek_value, var_args, 0, &error);
 | |
|       if (error)
 | |
| 	{
 | |
| 	  g_warning ("%s: %s", G_STRLOC, error);
 | |
| 	  g_free (error);
 | |
| 	  break;
 | |
| 	}
 | |
| 
 | |
|       name = va_arg (var_args, gchar*);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_object_unref (widget);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_style_get:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @first_property_name: the name of the first property to get
 | |
|  * @Varargs: pairs of property names and locations to 
 | |
|  *   return the property values, starting with the location for 
 | |
|  *   @first_property_name, terminated by %NULL.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Gets the values of a multiple style properties of @widget.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_style_get (GtkWidget   *widget,
 | |
| 		      const gchar *first_property_name,
 | |
| 		      ...)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   va_list var_args;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
 | |
|   gtk_widget_style_get_valist (widget, first_property_name, var_args);
 | |
|   va_end (var_args);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_path:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @path_length: location to store length of the path, or %NULL
 | |
|  * @path: location to store allocated path string, or %NULL 
 | |
|  * @path_reversed: location to store allocated reverse path string, or %NULL
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Obtains the full path to @widget. The path is simply the name of a
 | |
|  * widget and all its parents in the container hierarchy, separated by
 | |
|  * periods. The name of a widget comes from
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_get_name(). Paths are used to apply styles to a widget
 | |
|  * in gtkrc configuration files.  Widget names are the type of the
 | |
|  * widget by default (e.g. "GtkButton") or can be set to an
 | |
|  * application-specific value with gtk_widget_set_name().  By setting
 | |
|  * the name of a widget, you allow users or theme authors to apply
 | |
|  * styles to that specific widget in their gtkrc
 | |
|  * file. @path_reversed_p fills in the path in reverse order,
 | |
|  * i.e. starting with @widget's name instead of starting with the name
 | |
|  * of @widget's outermost ancestor.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_path (GtkWidget *widget,
 | |
| 		 guint     *path_length,
 | |
| 		 gchar    **path,
 | |
| 		 gchar    **path_reversed)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   static gchar *rev_path = NULL;
 | |
|   static guint tmp_path_len = 0;
 | |
|   guint len;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
|   
 | |
|   len = 0;
 | |
|   do
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       const gchar *string;
 | |
|       const gchar *s;
 | |
|       gchar *d;
 | |
|       guint l;
 | |
|       
 | |
|       string = gtk_widget_get_name (widget);
 | |
|       l = strlen (string);
 | |
|       while (tmp_path_len <= len + l + 1)
 | |
| 	{
 | |
| 	  tmp_path_len += INIT_PATH_SIZE;
 | |
| 	  rev_path = g_realloc (rev_path, tmp_path_len);
 | |
| 	}
 | |
|       s = string + l - 1;
 | |
|       d = rev_path + len;
 | |
|       while (s >= string)
 | |
| 	*(d++) = *(s--);
 | |
|       len += l;
 | |
|       
 | |
|       widget = widget->parent;
 | |
|       
 | |
|       if (widget)
 | |
| 	rev_path[len++] = '.';
 | |
|       else
 | |
| 	rev_path[len++] = 0;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   while (widget);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (path_length)
 | |
|     *path_length = len - 1;
 | |
|   if (path_reversed)
 | |
|     *path_reversed = g_strdup (rev_path);
 | |
|   if (path)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       *path = g_strdup (rev_path);
 | |
|       g_strreverse (*path);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_widget_class_path:
 | |
|  * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | |
|  * @path_length: location to store the length of the class path, or %NULL
 | |
|  * @path: location to store the class path as an allocated string, or %NULL
 | |
|  * @path_reversed: location to store the reverse class path as an allocated string, or %NULL
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Same as gtk_widget_path(), but always uses the name of a widget's type,
 | |
|  * never uses a custom name set with gtk_widget_set_name().
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_widget_class_path (GtkWidget *widget,
 | |
| 		       guint     *path_length,
 | |
| 		       gchar    **path,
 | |
| 		       gchar    **path_reversed)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   static gchar *rev_path = NULL;
 | |
|   static guint tmp_path_len = 0;
 | |
|   guint len;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | |
|   
 | |
|   len = 0;
 | |
|   do
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       const gchar *string;
 | |
|       const gchar *s;
 | |
|       gchar *d;
 | |
|       guint l;
 | |
|       
 | |
|       string = gtk_type_name (GTK_WIDGET_TYPE (widget));
 | |
|       l = strlen (string);
 | |
|       while (tmp_path_len <= len + l + 1)
 | |
| 	{
 | |
| 	  tmp_path_len += INIT_PATH_SIZE;
 | |
| 	  rev_path = g_realloc (rev_path, tmp_path_len);
 | |
| 	}
 | |
|       s = string + l - 1;
 | |
|       d = rev_path + len;
 | |
|       while (s >= string)
 | |
| 	*(d++) = *(s--);
 | |
|       len += l;
 | |
|       
 | |
|       widget = widget->parent;
 | |
|       
 | |
|       if (widget)
 | |
| 	rev_path[len++] = '.';
 | |
|       else
 | |
| 	rev_path[len++] = 0;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   while (widget);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (path_length)
 | |
|     *path_length = len - 1;
 | |
|   if (path_reversed)
 | |
|     *path_reversed = g_strdup (rev_path);
 | |
|   if (path)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       *path = g_strdup (rev_path);
 | |
|       g_strreverse (*path);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_requisition_copy:
 | |
|  * @requisition: a #GtkRequisition.
 | |
|  * @returns: a copy of @requisition.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Copies a #GtkRequisition.
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| GtkRequisition *
 | |
| gtk_requisition_copy (const GtkRequisition *requisition)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return (GtkRequisition *)g_memdup (requisition, sizeof (GtkRequisition));
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * gtk_requisition_free:
 | |
|  * @requisition: a #GtkRequisition.
 | |
|  * 
 | |
|  * Frees a #GtkRequisition.
 | |
|  **/
 | |
| void
 | |
| gtk_requisition_free (GtkRequisition *requisition)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   g_free (requisition);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| GType
 | |
| gtk_requisition_get_type (void)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   static GType our_type = 0;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (our_type == 0)
 | |
|     our_type = g_boxed_type_register_static ("GtkTypeRequisition",
 | |
| 					     (GBoxedCopyFunc) gtk_requisition_copy,
 | |
| 					     (GBoxedFreeFunc) gtk_requisition_free);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return our_type;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| AtkObject* 
 | |
| gtk_widget_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   GtkWidgetClass *klass;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   klass = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   g_return_val_if_fail (klass->get_accessible != NULL, NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return klass->get_accessible (widget);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static AtkObject* 
 | |
| gtk_widget_real_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   AtkObject* accessible;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   accessible = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), 
 | |
|                                    quark_accessible_object);
 | |
|   if (!accessible)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     AtkObjectFactory *factory;
 | |
|     AtkRegistry *default_registry;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     default_registry = atk_get_default_registry ();
 | |
|     factory = atk_registry_get_factory (default_registry, 
 | |
|                                         GTK_OBJECT_TYPE (widget));
 | |
|     accessible =
 | |
|       atk_object_factory_create_accessible (factory,
 | |
| 					    G_OBJECT (widget));
 | |
|     g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), 
 | |
|                         quark_accessible_object,
 | |
|                         accessible);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return accessible;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*
 | |
|  * Initialize a AtkImplementorIface instance's virtual pointers as
 | |
|  * appropriate to this implementor's class (GtkWidget).
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init (AtkImplementorIface *iface)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   iface->ref_accessible = gtk_widget_ref_accessible;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static AtkObject*
 | |
| gtk_widget_ref_accessible (AtkImplementor *implementor)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   AtkObject *accessible;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (implementor));
 | |
|   if (accessible)
 | |
|     g_object_ref (G_OBJECT (accessible));
 | |
|   return accessible;
 | |
| }
 |